Home

Series to Q Series Handbook

1. Dimensions Mounting dimensions Q series large type base unit 382 15 04 362 14 25 Q38BL a 480 18 90 460 18 11 i Q65BL 352 13 86 332 13 07 l 9 49 E 2 20 1 18 0 39 18 37 446 17 56 297 11 69 277 10 91 Unit mm inch 1 Depth dimension when each module is mounted depends on the mounted module Check the external dimensions of the module 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 2 Q series large type I O module QX11L QX21L QY11AL QY13L QY23L QY51PL 109 5 4 31 T QY23L D m 9 gt 1 a i m lof gt mT No Joo 7 fe i a OO i 220 8 66 44 FRERE HE i m j Je h gt mT Jo Joo 7 fe i AR E A TTT f CU TRIAC AC100 240V 06A avaL 116 5 4 59 5 37 5 1 48 0 20 Unit mm inch z1 The external dimensions of the Q series large type I O module are that of individual module Refer to Section 5 6 4 4 for dimensions and precautions when mounting to Q series large type base unit 3 Q series large type blank cover QG69L 2 0 08 108 4 25
2. Number of input points 32 points 16 points occupied A QX28s when using 9 points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 O Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz 3 Approx 12mA Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz Rated t t O E T 240VAC 60Hz Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC Operating voltage range O 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 60 20 points 4 i F Refer to the derating chart Oo simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more onyonagcroNicurent 5 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz Max 500mA within 1 Inrush current Max 600mA within 0 5ms 264VAC on SBR ms o 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less 2 OFF voltage OFF current 7OVAC or less 3 5mA or less 50Hz 60Hz A Reduced A 22kQ 60H A 12kQ 60H Input resistance hc Garz RESE 60Hz Approx 24kQ 50Hz Approx 15KQ 50Hz 15ms or less 10ms or less Response OEEO ON 200VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 2 time 25ms or less 20ms or less ON to OFF O j 200VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 32 points common Common terminal 8 points common a a Common terminal c t inal TB17 O arrangemen TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Common terminal Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O
3. doa ek ER I O assignment for the Q series when the start XY address I O assignment for the Q series when the number of each slot is set after replacement of slots of the base unit is set after replacement Q35B Q35B 4 3 3 4 aE 1 2 3 4 7 V i Rz 33 Jais BIS Ss 8 sls eo CISlSISISI8 Zu 4 3 oe E ojoj Z 28 alalala alalala E S la 2 2 B E 8 18 8 8 8 ES lt ca ic ca lt e a a npow jnpow A ddns samog A ddns samog sod 9g 0O8A X a swuiod 9 Q8A X 2 28 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 5 Programming tool and connection cable for Q series CPU 1 Programming tool for Q series CPU The programming for the Q series CPU is performed with GX Developer Note that the following programming software packages are not applicable Compatible CPU Software package model SWOISRXV GPPA ACPU SWOIVD GPPA QnACPU SWOIVD GPPQ 2 Connection cable for Q series CPU When connecting a personal computer in which GX Developer has been installed to the Q series CPU RS 232 connection and USB connection are available The availability depending on CPU model is shown in the following table Note that the RS232 RS422 conversion cable for the A QnA series CPU are not applicable a Universal model QCPU CPU model RS 232 connection USB connection QOO
4. arrangement ela Common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection a d terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws ee 0 3mm Wiring change is required 7 ee eae 0 75 to 2mm For A6CON1 or A6CONA i Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O E RONE 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm K 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 15kg O 1 For use of 12 24VAC externally convert it into direct current before input In the case of 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 29 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 ON ratio 70 60 50 40 o O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 31 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 8 Specifications comparison between AX31 S1 and QX41 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification AX31 S1 Diy Precautions for replacement Number of input
5. Number of output points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Dynamic scan of 8 3 y Output type input 8 Static x Set the static 12 24VDC 42 24VDC Rated load voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC O 5 dap 10 2 to 28 8VDC Ripple ratio within 5 50mA per point Max output current Built in limiting resistor 1kQ not 0 1A point 2A common O used Max voltage drop at ON P a E Ba elena TYE OTA fe R eens 0 2VDC Max 0 1A 1V on the sink side ee Simul ereavely on 60 when built in 1kQ limiting 100 sinulaneousty ON resistor 50mA point OFF to ON 16ms or less ims or less Response 1 ms or less time N to OFF 16 ae CESS Rated load resistive load F 32 points common Common terminal i a emen Common terminal 1A01 1A02 O g 2A01 2A02 ON indication LED eo i i Operation indication Batch of 8 inputs selected by rotary on indication LED O 32 point switch over using switch switch External connection F aa F A Output 32 pin connector 40 pin connector x Wiring change is required method ON 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 oO PF dii For A6CON1 or A6CON4 ay 12 24VDC 12 24VDC tema Voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o TO Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 su Mewy Current 180mA TYP 0 02A 24VDC common O The number of occupied points is Number of occupied 64 points 64 points o 128 points 64points x 2 128 points I O assignment output 64 points
6. CHK Counter Measure Change manually with the special format failure check instruction CHK of the application instructions Supplement CHKEND Change candidate instructions CHK gt CHKCIR instruction Siucturedprograms CHKEND gt CHKEND instruction instruction IX Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Supplement IXEND Change candidate instruction IX gt IX instruction IXEND gt IXEND instruction LRDP MELSEC II B LWTP Counter Measure Local Remote I O station RFRP Reprogram the network modules to use with the QCPU access instruction Dedicated RTOP 4 instruction Counter Measure Character string data SCMP Review the program and change manually comparisons instruction Supplement Change candidate instructions LD AND OR instruction BMOVR BXCHR RSET Counter Measure Extension file register ZRRD Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement ZORD Change candidate instructions BMOV MOV RSET instruction ZRWR ZRWRB ZCHGO Set i ZCHG1 Counter Measure Program switching instruction i i A ZCHG2 Review the program with referring to Section 7 7 10 ZCHG3 PID control instruction PID57 Counter Measure 5 There is no alternative action Counter Measure Review the program and change manually ZCOM Supplement Network Change candidate instructions S P ZCOM Jn or S P ZCOM 5 dedicated Network instru
7. Number of output points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 1A point 2A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 1A point 2A common oO supply module 1 6A common Maximum inrush current 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at E e 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 0 1ms or less 1ms or less Response time ONto OFF 0 3ms or less Resistive load 1meor less Response ime diners Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode O ee r 32 points common 32 points common ENTERT Common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 Common terminal 1A01 1A02 O 2A2 2A01 2A02 Garten iea ON indieation LED SON indication LED o 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point External connection Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors The 40 pin connectors are sol anA Solder Option O separately Purchase them separately SAE 2 0 3mm aeei E amm for A6CON1 or ABCONA 2 The 40 pin connec
8. o CE Unit mm inch Mounting dimensions Q32SB 114 4 49 101 3 98 7 Q33SB 142 5 59 129 5 08 Q35SB 197 5 7 78 184 5 7 26 33 Q33B 189 7 44 169 6 65 Q35B 245 9 65 224 5 8 84 Q38B r 328 12 92 98 5 308 12 13 Q312B Beo 439 17 30 ane age 0 28 419 16 50 Q52B 106 4 17 i 83 5 3 29 15 5 Q55B 189 7 44 167 6 57 0 61 Q63B 189 7 44 167 6 57 Q65B 245 9 65 222 5 8 76 Q68B 328 12 92 306 12 05 Q612B 439 17 30 417 16 42 QA1S51B m 100 3 94 p a wi 80 3 12 QA1S65B g1 C5024 pea ree osy CEMS m QA1S68B l 420 16 55 j i 400 15 75 QA65B 352 13 86 130 332 13 07 0 39 QA68B 250 9 84 7166 18 35 5 12 AOE ET SONOS age E 4 D depth varies depending on the module to be mounted Therefore confirm the external dimensions of each module 2 For mounting Q series module of which depth is 90 mm 3 54inch 3 For mounting AnS series module of which depth is 93 6 mm 3 69inch 4 For mounting A series module of which depth is 121 mm 4 76inch 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 2 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions when Mounted with the Upgrade Tool Unit
9. Number of output point 32 point 16 point umber of output points points POMS 4 points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 100 240VAC 40 to 70Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz 5 O Maximum load voltage 264VAC 264VAC O 0 6A point 2 4A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 6A point 4 8A common O supply module 1 05A common n aa CE 24VAC 100mA 24VAC 100mA Carefully select load for use i a 100VAC 10mA 100VAC 25mA A since the minimum load current Pii 240VAC 10mA 240VAC 25mA is increased 20A 10ms or less Maxi i h t 20A 1 l l O aximum inrush curren rer ree cycle or less 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 1 5mA or less for 120VAC 60Hz Leak t OFF cakage Curent ser 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 3mA or less for 240VAC 60Hz a iaee don Ai 1 5VAC or less 100 to 600mA an JEGER 1 8VAC or less 50 to 100mA 1 5V or less o 2VAC or less 10 to 50mA OFF to ON ims or less ims 0 5 cycles or less O Response 1ms 0 5 cycles or less ms 0 time ON to OFF ims 0 5 cycles or less r O rated load resistance load Surge suppressor CR apsorber CR absorb O JEER 0 022uF 479 open R As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 16 points common two commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A i arrangement Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for TB27 TB36 each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 3 2A f
10. CPS2 CMOV CLS CLV CSCRU CSCRD CON1 CON2 COFF LOCATE CNOR CREV CRDSP CRDSPV COLOR CCDSP CCDSPV CINMT CINO 2 0 to 9 A to Z CINSP CINCLR INPUT GET PUT STAT RIFR RIRCV RIRD RISEND RITO RIWT Corrective action Counter Measure Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be used Counter Measure Change manually to the same instructions of the Q series RLPA RRPA Counter Measure Set parameters with GX Developer A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 4 7 2 5 T 25 Instruction conversion from QnACPU to QCPU The automatic conversion is applied to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change target programmable controller For instructions that are not automatically converted consider reviewing the program referring to the unconvertible instructions described in Section 7 2 5 Re program for the modules to use with the QCPU since the specifications of the special function module instructions differ between QCPU compatible modules and QnACPU compatible modules Instructions that may need a replacement after conversion from QnACPU to QCPU Some instructions are not automatically converted upon the r
11. QX41Y41P Dummy module AG62 None 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 32 points 16 points 4 Change in specifications Al61 QI60 Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 32 points 16 points 4 Change in specifications Al61 S1 QI60 Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 6 Others The response time is different Interrupt module 3 22 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 1 2 List of alternative Q series large type module models A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in
12. The following attribute can be set to the specified memory Prohibition of read write Either of the following attributes can be set to the specified memory drive Prohibition of read write display Prohibition of write Supplement By using a password the following attributes can be set to each specified file of the specified memory drive Prohibition of read write display e Prohibition of write 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 3 Write during RUN To execute the write during RUN it is necessary to reserve the program capacity for increase upon the write during RUN in advance 1 A series The program capacity is decided by the parameter memory capacity setting and can be increased within the capacity range upon write during RUN 2 QnA Q series It is necessary to set the program capacity for increase upon the write during RUN at Write to PLC This set capacity is called as the write during RUN reserved step By default 500 steps are reserved The following shows the setting screen for Allocate memory for Write during RUN as a reference Write to PLC ce Whole range F Bisel files tyeie E gl la Jaina samantni m 2 27 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 4 No of base unit I O slots The following table indicates how the No of base unit I O slots is allocated for each series Q series To use a base unit other than 8 slots set the number of slots
13. 8192 points 1 Link special register 2048 points 1024 points 2048 points Function inputs 16 points FXO to FX 7 Function outputs 16 points FYO to FYF 7 Function registers 5 points FDO to FD4 Special relay 2048 points 1000 points 2048 points Special register 2048 points 1000 points 2048 points Link direct device Specified from JO G Special direct devices Specified from UL G Z 20 points Z0 to Z19 10 points ZO to Z9 16 points ZO to Z15 Index register z2 V 7 s 32768 points block 10 32768 points block 32768 points block 5 File register RO to R32767 RO to R32767 RO to R32767 Extended data register 0 points Extended link register 0 points Accumulator E Nesting 15 points Pointer 512 points 4096 points 300 points 4096 points Interrupt pointer 128 points 256 points 128 points 256 points SFC block 128 points 320 points 128 points 6 320 points ms l f Max 128 points SFC transition device Max 128 points block Max 512 points block block Max 512 points block Decimal constant K 2147483648 to K2147483647 Hexadecimal constant HO to HFFFFFFFF Real constant E 1 17550 38 to E 3 40282 38 Character string QnACPU ABCD 4 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT QnACPU Q2A 512 points Q2A S1 1024 points Q3A 2048 points Q4A 496 points AnUCPU AnACPU A2U 512 points A2U S1 1024 points A3U 2048 points A4U 4096 points A2A 512 points A2A S1 1024 points A3A 2048 points
14. RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 R1 25 3 Sleeved solderless terminals cannot be used Wiring change is required 3 REPLACING I O MODULES Specification AY15EU Compat ibility Precautions for replacement AC external batch relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit Dielectric withstand pds af evel gO 2830VAC rms 3 cycle A voltage Pe ed altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft Relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 500VAC rms 3 cycle 2 000m 6557 38ft 10MQ or more by insulation 10MQ or more by insulation Insulation resistance A O resistance tester resistance tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and Noise durability IEC801 4 1kV 25 to 60Hz noise frequency O First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased 2 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm oa Externalidimensions 9 84 h x 1 48 Mie 5 16 a inch 3 86 a x 1 08 a x nee Wiring spaceis riarrow Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg O 3 830 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 13 Specifications comparison between AY22 and QY22 3 81 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 1
15. Redundant CPU Generic term for the Q12PRHCPU and Q25PRHCPU Universal model QCPU Generic term for the QOQOQUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO2UCPU QO03UDCPU QO4UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU QO3UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU and Q100UDEHCPU This handbook mainly explains about the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU QO3UDCPU Q04UDHCPU and QO6UDHCPU which can replace the AnS QnAS series The specifications and functions of the Q10UDEHCPU to Q100UDEHCPU are the same as those of the modules described above although the program and memory capacities increase CPU module model ACPU Generic term for the MELSEC A series CPU modules AnSCPU Generic term for the MELSEC AnS series CPU modules Generic term for the AINCPU A1NCPUP21 R21 A1NCPUP21 S3 A2NCPU A2NCPU S1 AnNCPU A2NCPUP21 R21 A2ZNCPUP21 R21 S1 A2NCPUP21 S3 S4 AZNCPU ASNCPUP21 R21 and AS3NCPUP21 S3 AnACP Generic term for the A2ZACPU AZACPU S1 ASACPU A2ACPUP21 R21 AZACPUP21 R21 AE S1 and A3ACPUP21 R21 A z Generic term for the A2UCPU A2UCPU S1 A3UCPU A4UCPU A2USCPU A2USCPU S1 Udi and A2USHCPU S1 AnUS H CPU Generic term for the AZUSCPU A2ZUSCPU S1 AZUSHCPU S1 A AnSCPU Generic term for MELSEC A series and MELSEC AnS series programmable controller CPUs AnN AnACPU Generic term for the ANNCPU and AnACPU AnN AnA AnSCPU Generic term
16. 3 a z R Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ae aie ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting A ee parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Oe ee ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less i O input response time of CPU parameter setting nie este parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common arrangement Common terminal Common terminal B01 B02 A wiring with a different voltage for TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 a each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection een terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws LRN 0 3mm 22 AWG Wiring change is required 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 8 PR O erin For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 2 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O gt 250 H x 37 5
17. A series QnA series No of base unit I O slots Fixed to 8 slots regardless of the actual number Supplement Default follows the actual slot number Setting changeable with parameter The following gives an example of replacing the A35B A68B system Default parameter is used with the Q35B Q68B system A series I O assignment before replacement Q series I O assignment after replacing modules A35B Q35B Y o Nee EDE y 01 2 3 4 eee UVUiOix x x x x v Oo lt mimim SISISI SI S SIS S 3 SEREHE 2 E S lt S 3 x 3 S SREZ A ls bal tall 3 1 o a 35 i oo 4 E e 3 a a 5 a 1 1 no c ojo a oD D E al Y z jg lt D UEUN lt 23 2 82 2 2 1 1 1 an n n a an 3 alalalalalsiara a S e e lela 33 3 a 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 oO a a a a oa o H a 8 A ddns 1amog siod 91 OGA X When replacing modules the first I O number of the first extension stage becomes X Y50 ajnpow Ajddns samog sjulod 9 1 Setting the start XY address of each slot 2 Setting the number of slots to 8 Setting the start XY E F z Setting the number of address of each slot a slots allows the CPU plua ha ie same 3 module to start the I O XY address used in the Seo A namaen erne ie A series CPU module oe extension base unit from askoan X Y80 125101 Det
18. Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Alternating with QX81 is recommended 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions The wire breakage detection function not provided AX81B None 3 10 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 5mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions No
19. Specifications AX11 AC input module QX11L AC input module Number of input points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage frequency 100 to 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 to 120VAC 10 15 50 60Hz 3Hz Input voltage distortion factor Within 5 Within 5 Rated input current 10mA 100VAC 60Hz 10mA 100VAC 60Hz Operating voltage range 85 to 132VAC 50 60Hz45 85 to 132VAC 50 60Hz45 Maximum number of simultaneous input points 60 20 points simultaneously ON 60 20 points simultaneously ON Inrush current Max 300mA Within 0 3ms at 132VAC Max 300mA Within 0 3ms at 132VAC ON voltage ON current 80VAC or more 6mA or more 80VAC or more 6mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 40VAC or less 4mA or less 30VAC or less 2mA or less Input impedance Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 50Hz Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 50Hz OFF to ON Response time 15ms or less 15ms or less ON to OFF 25ms or less 25ms or less Dielectric withstand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1780VAC rms 3 cycles elevation 2000m 6561 7ft Common terminal arrangement 32 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 32 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connecti
20. AnNCPU A1N 256 points A2N 512 points A2N S1 1024 points A3N 2048 points 8192 points 8192 points Same I O device points of applicable CPU module 8192 points 1 Total 2048 points 8192 points Total 8192 points 8192 points 2048 points 1 2048 points 256 points 2048 points 2 8192 points 1 8192 points 4096 points 1024 points 2048 points 56 points 2048 points Total 2048 points Total 256 points 0 points 1 1024 points 1 1024 points 256 points 12288 points 1 8192 points 6144 points 1024 points 8192 points 1 8192 points 4096 points 1024 points 2048 points 56 points 16 points FXO to FXF 7 16 points FXO to FXF 7 5 points FDO to FD4 2048 points 256 points 2048 points 256 points Specified from JO G Specified from UL G 16 points ZO to Z15 7 points Z Z1 to Z6 1 points Z 7 points V V1 to V6 1 points V 32768 points block RO to R32767 8192 points block RO to R8191 2 points 15 points 8 points 4096 points 256 points 48 points 32 points 320 points Max 512 points block K 2147483648 to K2147483647 HO to HEFFFFFFF Et1 17550 38 to E 3 40282 38 QnACPU ABCD 4 T 36 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 4 The number of points for use can be changed with parameters 2 V is used for edge relays for the QCP
21. I O assignment output points when using both modules of the QX42 and QY42 Current consumption 0 11 TYP 0 15A TYP all points ON A Reena power supply capacity is required 250 H x 37 5 W x 119 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions ve yx nan ane V 39 D aP 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 17kg O 3 112 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 2 4 Interrupt module specifications comparison 1 Specifications comparison between Al61 and QI60 3 113 Specification Number of interrupt input O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement ae 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 7 6mA 12VDC 4 Rated input current 14mA 24VDC Approx 6mA A Reduced 20 4 to 28 8VDC atin Itage rai 10 2 to 26 4VDC 12VDC t licable Operating voltage range te Ripple ratio within 5 A are not applicable Maximum number of 100 100 o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Simultaneously ON ON voltage 9VDC or more 19VDC or more 4 0mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage 4VDC or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 9kQ A hie resistan e hes neresed 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1 i
22. Measure 7 7 11 e Review the setting since the number of memory cards differs between the two CPUs Specification e Dedicated parameters for each CPU ided Dedicated parameters for each CPU etn Parameter Measure A Section 7 3 are provided e Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Specification e 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are ided 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are PIovice l Special relay Measure A Section 7 4 provided e Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specification e 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are rovided ae 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are PIV Special register Measure A Section 7 5 provided j e Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specificati Comments are managed as a Specification Comments are managed as a Comment common comment or program O common comment or program original comment _ original comment Specification The boot run is executed with the e The boot run is executed with programs stored in a standard ROM rogram and parameter stored in a or memory card upon QCPU Writing programs to as p i H upon Q Section memory card replacement A ROM 7 7 12 Up to two memory cards can be installed One memory card can be installed Measure e Execute the boot setting of PLC parameter T PROGRAM REPL
23. Write Curing RUN esccccctesten cece tgeeace ce besewescege deve liek caquerwestudadeesaeeds devas heaved nsancede deed eed eeeeaed 2 27 2 4 4 Nox of base unit VO SlOts sisikian a teen dean tate tevadee i Tieden ddan A a ete dee 2 28 2 4 5 Programming tool and connection cable for Q series CPU oo ee eeeeeeeennteeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaaes 2 29 CHAPTER 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 1to3 117 3 1 List of Alternative I O Module Models 2 cccecccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaecaeeceeeeeeeeeeesecsccacncaeeeeeeeeeeeeess 3 1 3 1 1 List of alternative Q series standard type Module models 0 eee eeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaaes 3 1 3 1 2 List of alternative Q series large type module models eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeettaeeeeeeenaaes 3 23 3 2 I O Module Specifications Comparison 2 cececceecceeeeeeeeeeeeececeaecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeseseecsncaecaeeeeeeeeeess 3 25 3 2 1 Input module specifications COMPALISON cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecneaeceeeeeeeeeeeesecseceiesaecaeeeeeeeteess 3 25 3 2 2 Output module specifications COMPAMISON 2 0 2 0 ccc ee cece eeeeeeeeee cee ee eee eeeee eee eecaeaaesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeetes 3 68 3 2 3 Combined I O module specifications COMPALiSON ceccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecseeeeeeeeeeeetetes 3 107 3 2 4 Interrupt module specifications COMPALISON cecccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeessencncaeeaeeeeeess 3 113 3 2 5 Blanking module and dummy module specifications c
24. e Programs are automatically converted by changing the programmable controller type from ACPU to QCPU using GX Developer Some instructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed Step 2 Replace the existing modules mounted on the QA extension base unit and the A series extension base unit QA conversion adapter with the Q series modules in series Remove the QA extension base unit and A series extension base unit after replacing all the modules Existing large sized A series module Functions can be added Replace all the modules with Web server module with the Q series QCPU for replacing the existing ACPU large type Q series First extension base unit Replace the existing main base unit for large sized A series module with the QA extension base unit QA68B Then mount the modules mounted on the existing main base unit to the QA extension base unit utilization Use the QA extension base unit QA68B Step 2 Use existing A extension base unit QA conversion Second or later extension adapter bases unit Utilize the existing extension base unit without change mount QA conversion adapter on it and use it as an extension base unit for the Q series Assets such as power supply modules and I O modules for large sized A series can be used Wiring change is
25. foe HIT S OIn Ojo o bki Y 332 0 3 13 07 0 01 46 6 352 13 86 1 83 10 0 39 Unit mm inch 5 13 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 QA68B 2 X 9 M4 screw 4 66 mounting hole Base cover For module mounting M5 mounting screw m mw ws oD ee we UAT 446 0 3 17 56 0 01 46 6 466 18 35 1 83 olg gjon Handle 200 0 3 7 87 0 01 250 9 84 Unit mm inch 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 5 A A1S Module Conversion Adapter This section explains the A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP to leverage the spare part AnS small type series module for the existing large sized A series module 5 5 1 System configuration Using the A1ADP in the A large type series extension base unit with the QA extension base unit or QA conversion adapter mounted the AnS series I O module special function module can be mounted W Q series Mounted as a substitution for large sized module QA extension base unit QA6L1B AnS small type series I O module intelligent function module etc A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP _ The A A1S conversion module adapter has the followin
26. 132VAC 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 2 Specifications comparison between AX11 and QX10 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QX10s when using 17 Number of input points 32 points 16 points A points or nore Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 O x Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Rated t t 10mA 100VAC 60H 1 Bee are eth mA z Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz A Reduced Max 200mA within 1 Inrush current Max 300mA within 0 3ms 132VAC oP Hava ibe o n E 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC o p 2 g 2 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 60 20 points i 9 A A Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 80VAC or more 6mA or more SUVAG or morao mA or more ie 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or OFF voltage OFF current 40VAC or less 4mA or less ote one di A Reduced 1 Input resistance Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz ie Input resistance has increased Approx 12kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 4 15ms or less FF to ON 15 l O Recponsaull ne accent 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time H ON to OFF 25ms
27. 240VAC 0 5A Life tks COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A Se frequently since the life is N 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A A approximately halt 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand times b or more ee 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency As the common changes from Common terminal points common 16 points common two commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A we i arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External Voltage PINDOT O m Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not sumay Ena 290mA i o required 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection i Se point 18 point terminal block Tamed terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved a terminas k terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased 3 250 H x 37
28. 3 40 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 17 Specifications comparison between AX41 UL and QX41 3 41 Specification Number of input points AX41 UL 32 points O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 32 points Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 3 Approx 4mA s Rated t t 2 ated input curren Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced oain oade rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A i 4 Pathe RM ee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 END ore hor epplieabie Maximum number of 60 5 point common 3 l s a F Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 k hac Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting ra ane parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Pa ra ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting a ram t rs Initial setting is 10ms P i A 32 p
29. 4096 points Q02CPU 5 I O device points 512 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 28k steps 7 File register points 8k points 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 06us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 9 79 A2ACPU 4 I O points 512 points gt 1024 points A2ACPUP21 Smee 5 W O device points 512 points gt 8192 points A2ACPUR21 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps A2ACPUP21 S3 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 14 4 I O points 512 points gt 2048 points Q02UCPU 5 I O device points 512 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 20k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Prog
30. A32RB A33RB A37RHB A52B A55B A58B A62B A65B A68B A68RB 250 9 84 247 9 72 268 10 56 382 15 04 480 18 90 480 18 90 480 18 90 494 19 45 570 22 44 YO HS YH J SS SY 497 19 57 183 7 20 297 11 69 411 16 18 238 9 37 352 13 86 466 18 35 522 20 55 130 5 12 227 8 94 248 9 76 362 14 25 460 18 11 460 18 11 474 18 66 200 25 550 21 65 460 18 11 7 87 0 98 477 18 78 163 6 42 277 10 91 391 15 39 218 8 58 332 13 07 446 17 56 502 19 76 0 39 D depth varies depending on the module to be mounted Therefore confirm the external dimensions of each module to be mounted 2 For mounting A series module of which depth is 121 mm 4 76inch 8 3 APPENDICES Appendix 1 Basic Model QCPU Basic model QCPU is the best module to realize the cost effectiveness for a small scale system For a large scale system consider applying the High Performance model QCPU which allows you fewer restrictions Appendix 1 1 Major restrictions When the Basic model QCPU is compared to the High Performance model QCPU the major restrictions are listed in the following 1 Program a The maximum program capacity is 14K steps when Q01CPU is selected b Program number is limi
31. Electric sales office or representative Products shown in this handbook are subject to change without notice A 16 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Unless otherwise specified this handbook uses the following generic terms and abbreviations Generic term abbreviation Description Series A series Abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable controllers AnS series Abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable controllers A AnS series Generic term for A series and AnS series QnA series Abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable controllers QnAS series Abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable controllers QnA QnAS series Generic term for QnA series and QnAS series A AnS QnA QnAS series Q series Generic term for A series AnS series QnA series and QnAS series Abbreviation for Mitsubishi MELSEC Q series programmable controllers MCPU module type CPU module Generic term for A series AnS series QnA series QnAS series and Q series CPU modules Basic model QCPU Generic term for the QOOJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU High Performance model QCPU Generic term for the Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU This handbook mainly explains about the Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU and Q12HCPU Process CPU Generic term for the QO2PHCPU QO6PHCPU Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU
32. File register points 8k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 06us PC MIX value 0 9 9 79 I O points 512 points gt 1024 points I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps File register points 8k points gt 64k points Extension stage 3 stage 4 stage Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 04us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 14 I O points 512 points 2048 points I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps gt 20k steps File register points 8k points 64k points Using memory card 4086k points Extension stage 3 stage 4 stage Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately CPU module A2UCPU S1 QO2CPU I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 079us PC MIX value
33. For A6CON1E p e mingenange isirequired Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 105A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H Neda 0 A ae W 30 D an A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 N 80 ON 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 5 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBX36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 60 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 36 Specifications comparison between AX81 S1 and QX81 S2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification AX81 S1 QX81 S2 ible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 2 5mA 5mA Approx 6mA O A AAT 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC mn 4 ee o Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 q2VDE ore nor applledble Maximum number of 60 5 point common 9 o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Refer
34. H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 80 0 40 Eee Momentary Within 20ms Within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of noise e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p p m voltage of IEC801 4 2KV noise voltage 1us noise width Noise durabilit O a mamy 1500Vp p noise width of 1us and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency and noise frequency of 25 to 60Hz Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV eeen Between primary side and FG Across inputs LG and outputs FG oaae 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m O g 6562 ft 6562 ft Between all inputs and all outputs Between all inputs LG and all LG and FG separated between all outputs FG 3 l inputs and LG FG between all Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O outputs and FG LG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 Short chip for applied voltage select terminal 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable nor are short chip since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 6 Specifications comparison between A62PEU and Q62P Specification A62PEU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100
35. O OF OF O setting Number of empty slots Interrupt counter setting No Re setting is required System 128 Fixed scan interval interrupt 129 Fixed scan interval setting 130 Fixed scan interval 131 Fixed scan interval File register Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed PLC file Comment file used in a command Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed setting Device initial value Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed File for local device Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed Input relay Output relay Internal relay Latch relay Link relay Annunciator Link special relay Device Edge relay setting Step relay Timer Retentive timer Counter Data register Link register Link special register Total of device O O OJ O OF OF OJ OF OF OJ OF OJ OF OF OF OF P EO I E E O O O O hyo gt T 27 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT if Compati Remarks bility WDT setting O Initial execution monitoring o WDT setting time Low speed execution o monitoring time Carry out battery check O t fi l heck O Eater Carry out fuse blown chec Carry out I O module comparison Computation error O Expanded command error O Operation Fuse b
36. QG69L 37 5 1 48 Unit mm inch 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions A3NMCA 0 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 2 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 4 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 8 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 16 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 24 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative Memory cassette A3NMCA 40 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 56 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3AMCA 96 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 128 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 8E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 32E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 128E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative IC RAM memory 4KRAM Unnecessary Built in RAM is alternative 4KEROM Unnecessary Built in flash ROM is alternative EP ROM memory 32KROM Unnecessary
37. SFC Accordingly two separate programs are created when the ACPU is converted MAIN converted from main program and MAIN SFC Register in the order of MAIN MAIN SFC in the Program setting of the parameter setting of GX Developer and set all execution types to Scan Refer to Section 7 6 for precautions of replacing from the ACPU SFC MELSAP II to the QCPU MELSAP3 Change PLC type Set execution order m e MAIN and type in the program setting of parameter Main program SFC program MAIN SFC 2 Program setting of GX Developer The following explains required program settings for executing multiple programs The execution type of program is set in Program setting of the PLC parameter setting of GX Developer A CPU module executes the programs of the specified execution type in the setting order Qn H Parameter x PLC name PLC system PLC file PLCRAS Device Progg Boot file YC 1 0 assignment mamara PROGRAM3 Fixed scan 400 0 ms_ 2 PROGRAM2 Low speed z A E 3 PROGRAM _4 E Program PROGRAM1 PROGRAM2 PROGRAM3 Programs are executed in selected sequence c d File usability setting 1 0 refresh setting Acknowledge XY assignment Multiple CPU settings Default Check E i Cancel a Program name Set a name for a program to be executed with a CPU module b Executio
38. Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more hs 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A ia Resistance Nasinereased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Fee ae ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less s O input response time of CPU parameter setting af Blots parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms Tom or less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common X two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection a 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm 2 core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved eae sininale 2 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all point
39. The 37 pin connector is sold External connection Two 37 pin connectors 37 pin D subconnector o separately method Solder Option 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs eee 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm O Me gu For A6CON1E The 37 pin connector is sold separately Access T ti t N x ccessory wo external wiring connectors one 42 point orl ss 4968 33 points or more 2pcs Ext Volga 12 24VDC 40 ae Voltage of 28 8VDC or more is eee E 10 2 to 30VDC Ane 10128 BVOC A not allowed power Ripple ratio within 5 panty Current ama 40mA at 24VDC o 24VDC TYP 1 common ON Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x we 0 i H W gt 994D ee A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 58kg 0 15kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 38 Specifications comparison between AY82 EP and QY82P Specification AY82 EP O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O meeting oad voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o range 0 1A point ae 0 1A point Maximum load current 0 04A point SAlcominon O
40. all points ON External connection 38 point 18 point terminal block meind terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased A 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm P External dimensions Wi Ena ERR 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ide a Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg O 4 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 72 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 6 Specifications comparison between AY11E and QY10 3 73 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement 2 Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method different but the performance is equivalent REE Siei veena 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O
41. block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications X81 Q Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using applicable 24VDC p Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications QX81 S2 AX81 Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using applicable 24VDC Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Input module 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required QX71 4 Change in specifications when using Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not 12VDC applicable
42. partial operation debug with GX Simulator Execution time me ment aus re Measures the operation time for each o o o o a program monitor scan time measurement Modul ce Monitors th int I ti f i T oe S nies ones Mee S R The Q series Basic module does not include interval time special function modules or peripheral O x x x i E i this function reading devices Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replaced o The Q series Basic module does not include x x x replacement while the CPU is RUN the online I O module replacement function 8 E Executes self diagnostics to check for o o o o Error cones differ between the A series and Q T errors and stops a CPU etc series Basic model fo g St detected by th A E hile Son ESS gt bas Error codes differ between the A series and Q S A diagnostics function into the CPU or Error history i O oO O O series Basic model The latest 16 points are memory card The stored history can be toredinih hist i monitored with the peripheral devices A R O Sara ER 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 2 The SRAM card is required 3 GPPQ is required This is not applicable to GX Developer App 10 Appendix 2 Spare Parts Storage 1 2 3 4 5 App 11 The general specifications of programmable controllers are as follows Please do not store spare parts under a high temperature or high humidit
43. s WOR WOR Logical sums of 16 bit data WORP WORP O f WXNR WXNR O 16 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations WXNRP WXNRP O H F WXOR WXOR oO 16 bit exclusive logical sum operations WXORP WXORP O XCH XCH O 16 bit data conversion XCHP XCHP O 1 Note that the buffer memory address between Q series and A series may differ T 17 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT W 7 2 2 List of instruction conversion from ACPU to QCPU Dedicated instructions O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion COS operation on floating point data ACOS ACOS O Floating point data addition ADD E O Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC ASC O SIN operation on floating point data ASIN ASIN O TAN operation on floating point data ATAN ATAN O BCD type COS operation BACOS BACOS fe BIN 16 bit dead band controls BAND BAND O BCD type SIN operations BASIN BASIN O BCD type TAN operations BATAN BATAN fe Conversion from 4 digit BCD to decimal ASCII BCDDA BCDDA O BCD type COS operations BCOS BCOS O BCD 8 digit square roots BDSQR BDSQR O Conversion from BIN 16 bit to decimal ASCII B
44. 0 1A L R 7ms 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 200 000 times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hr 3600 times hr frequency Surge suppressor None Varistor 387 to 473V Dielectric withstand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1500VAC for 1 minute Relay socket None None Common terminal arrangement Not provided all points independent All points independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External power supply Voltage 24VDC 10 Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less 24VDC 10 Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less Current 150mA TYP 24VDC all points ON 150mA TYP 24VDC all points ON External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current consumption 115mA TYP all points ON 130mA TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 38kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5
45. 2 can be used 2 The QOOU J CPU and Q01UCPU does not have the standard RAM Q series Program Program memory Parameter Flash ROM Comment Initial device value Drive 0 Standard File register RAM Local device Sampling trace Drive 3 Program Parameter Comment Initial device value Standard ROM Drive 4 Memory Program Parameter card Comment RAM Initial device value File register Drive 1 Local device Error history Program Parameter Memory Comment card Initial device value ROM File register Drive 2 Memory card ROM can be replaced with a memory card ROM in the ROM operation QnA series Program memory RAM Drive 0 Drive 1 Memory card B RAM Drive 3 Drive 4 Program Parameter Comment Initial device value Program Parameter Comment Initial device value File register Local device Error history Program Parameter Comment Initial device value File register Program Parameter Comment Initial device value File register Local device Error history Program Parameter Comment Initial device value File register 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT b High performance model QCPU Aseries Q series QnA series Built in Program Program Program Program Program memory Parameter memory Parameter memory Parameter RAM Comment RA
46. 2 3 11 Exponent operations on floating decimal point data EXP EXP O Sub routine program output OFF calls FCALL FCALL O Bit device output reverse FF FF O Conversion from BIN 16 data to floating decimal point FLOAT FLT O Reading VRAM data GET OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 8 11 Conversion from hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit HABIN HABIN O Conversion from ASCII to hexadecimal BIN HEX HEX O ASCII code conversion of designated character strings INPUT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Kos INPUT2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Receiving data INPUT4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Conversion from floating decimal point data to BIN 16 INT INT PA ieee IX OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Index qualification of a circuit block IXEND OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Entering data from number keys KEY KEY A Detecting character string length LEN LEN O Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 16 bit data LIMIT LIMIT O Setting the cursor position LOCATE OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Natural logarithm operations on floating decimal point data LOG LOG O Reading word devices in local station LRDP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Writing data to word devices in local station LWTP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Communication with remote terminal modules MINI OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 10 Error resetting with remote terminal modules MINIERR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 10 Multiplication of floating decimal point data MUL E O Monitoring PID Control Status PID57 OUT SM125
47. 240VAC 10mA 24VAC 100mA 100VAC 10mA 240VAC 10mA Maximum inrush current 20A 10ms or less 8A 100ms or less 20A 10ms or less 8A 100ms or less Leakage current at OFF 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 3mA 240VAC 60Hz Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 5VAC or less 100 to 600mA 1 8VAC or less 50 to 100mA 2VAC or less 10 to 50mA 1 5VAC or less 100 to 600mA 1 8VAC or less 50 to 100mA 2VAC or less 10 to 50mA Response OFF to ON ims ims or less time ON to OFF 1ms 0 5 cycle or less 1ms 0 5 cycle or less Surge suppressor CR absorber 0 022uF 47Q CR absorber 0 022uF 47Q Fuse rating Fast blow fuse 3 2A 1 fuse common HP 32 Fast blow fuse 3 2A 1 fuse common HP 32 Fuse blown indication Available LED turns on by fuse blown and a signal is output to the CPU module Available LED turns on by fuse blown and a signal is output to the CPU module Dielectric withstand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1500VAC for 1 minute Common terminal arrangement 8 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 8 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm
48. 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 ON ratio 80 N common 70 60 50 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 2avpce 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 5055 C 3 44 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 21 Specifications comparison between AX42 and QX41 S2 3 45 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible e CHES Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QX41 S2s when using Number of input point 64 point 32 point umber of input points points points A 93 points r more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A _ 12VDC are not applicable A Rated input current has Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 9 decreased GpeBinG cede Tane 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC f 4 A Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A 12VDC arenotapplicable Maximum number of 60 20point common 3 Use within the range shown in A a Refer to the derating chart A Pip simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON the derating figure 9 5VDC or more ON voltage ON current 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable l 3mA or more 6VDC or less x OFF voltage OFF current CA SSS 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 1 5mA or less Input resist
49. 38 point External connection pik 18 point terminal block a aay terminal block connector M3 x6 x cae M3 x 6 screws SOrowS 2 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required AWG 14 to AWG19 s inch or less R1 25 3 Applicabl Iderl ine Se cee RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminals x cannot be used Review current capacity when A using three or more QX28s since Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A Seis current consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm x Ext Id Wi Eee auntie 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inchy MPS Space iS narrow Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 50kg 0 20kg A using 3 QX28s or more since the weight is increased in that use 4 The following shows the derating chart 100 45 C 10 2 N 100 55 C a 240V 90 87 5 55 C 264V ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX28 3 30 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 7 Specifications comparison between AX31 and QX41 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 poin
50. 48VDC 0 8A points F sade 2A points per common is different pay Maximum load current 5A common A g S 8A unit attention to the current used in When placing next to the power the entire module supply module 3A common F 4A 100ms or less Maximum inrush current 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum volt drop at Se cae oO 1 5VDC 2A 0 3VDC Max 2A o Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A f Response time differs time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load 10ms or less Resistive load A Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode O Common terminal 8 points common Not provided The R Gf terminal black arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 All points independent A cifere eines allie contacts or g i 4 p the QY68A are independent N 5A fast blow fuse ane Fuse Installing a fuse to an external cable x 2 fuses common type A is recommended si Fuses are not built in Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse is blows LED indicates x it signal is output to CPU Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection A seal 18 point terminal block Paed terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals 2 terminal
51. 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm RA EXomal dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Wiring Bees le narrow Weight 0 59kg 0 22kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 10 Specifications comparison between AY13E and QY10 3 77 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QY10s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A points on more Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A insulation method i different but the performance is equivalent ae 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point PE voltage 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 5A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 250VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5 240VAC 1A ci 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Mae COS 0 35 100 thous
52. 5 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm 2 core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required AWG 14 to AWG19 i inch or less R1 25 3 Applicabl Iderl ae cue RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminals x cannot be used Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON O ae eee ee 1780VAC rms 3cycles 1780VAC rms 3cycles a j g f Ae Altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft Altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft circuit and internal circuit A l 10MQ or more by insulation 10MQ or more by insulation Insulation resistance O resistance tester resistance tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and Noise durability IEC801 4 1kV 25 to 60Hz noise frequency O First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 7 F exp iralainensione 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Wiring space isiriarrow Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX10 2 10 The following shows the derating chart 90 80 ON ratio 70 AY 120VAC 60 50 132VAC 40 o 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 4 Specifications comparison between AX20 and QX28 Specification O Compatible A Partial
53. 7 8 9 Mount these Replace these modules to the modules by the Z z g g Z extension Q series modules BK aN ack ack SS base unit and mount them lt lt to the main base unit Replace the modules that cannot be mounted by Q series modules As the CC Link master local module MELSECNET 10 H network module cannot be utilized replace them by QCPU compatible modules 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT b I O assignment example of the parameter Q35B side QA6LIB side Number of Number of occupied Address occupied Address points points 0 Intelligent 32 points 100 5 Input 32 points 00 a 1 Intelligent 32 points 120 6 AY41 Output 32 points 20 Main base Extension nit 2 Input 32 points 140 Laan 7 Empty 32 points 40 uni uni 3 Input 32 points 160 8 Empty 32 points 60 4 Output 32 points 180 9 AX41 Input 32 points 80 The program can be utilized without changing the I O address of the existing A series module by the I O assignment above 5 4 7 External dimensions The following diagram shows the external dimensions of the QA 1S extension base unit 1 QA1S51B 3 mounting screws M5 x 25 J g ppa Qo O TN o
54. 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 65536 when 98304 when 131072 when 393216 when 524288 when a memo a memor a memor a memor a memo 65996 65936 card is p cardis ae cardis oo cardis ee cardis er Max 4086K Max 4086K Max 4086K Max 4086K Max 4086K Accumulators are converted to the special registers SD718 SD719 upon A gt Q program i i x ei as they a SEENON 9 included in the QnA and Q series 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 3 z a k 7 This is used as edge relay for the QnA and Q series 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 512 512 4096 4096 4096 4096 4096 128 128 256 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Within the total memory capacity of Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM x x x x x x x O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 2 13 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Specifications comparisons between the A QnA series CPU and the High Performance model QCPU O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable S A QnA series Function Contents A2CCPU AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU nn End Repetitive operation of stored o o o o o program O control method Refresh m
55. A68ADN Terminal block Terminal block Voltage C t 18 point allege urren 38 points 18 points mixed input x 2 modules A616AD Q64AD GH x 2 modules ERNT AQT68AD GH Input Voitageinout Q68ADV x 2 modules Voltage input ERNT AQT616AD A616AD Q68ADI x 2 modules Current input A616DAV Q68DAVN x 2 modules A616DAI Q68DAIN x 2 modules Output ERNT AQT616DA When using mixed voltage current input for existing A Series module The 1 slot type conversion adapter can be used when using voltage input only or current input only 1 INTRODUCTION 2 Compatibility of Q Series large type base unit with the upgrade tool The following table shows the compatibility of Q Series large type base unit with the upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd when replacing existing A Series modules with Q Series modules Q Series large type base unit Base adapter Conversion adapter Upgrade tool Slot width of base unit Same width as the A Series base unit 37 5 mm Same width as Q Series base unit 27 4 mm Q Series standard Power supply module O O power supply module Basic model QCPU x O High Performance H QCPU 2 mode CPU module Process CPU x O Mountable Universal model o 6 module QCPU Q Series large type I O 5 O 7 I O module oe e Intelligent function Sates module o7 oO
56. ASCII 7 conversion MOV Charactor stings D H ASC Charactr stings D H Carry flag set e No dedicated cus poe sm700H instruction STC H 3 T 43 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 9 1 2 Finenon QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU uncti Format of instructions Remarks Format of instructions Remarks Carry flag reset No dedicated 3 Aag RST su700H lactation eric H P255 END Jump to END Add dedicated j gt coenpdH CJ P255 instruction instruction instruction era a specification 7 CHKSTI e Add CHKST CJ Pn CHK instruction 3 instruction HHF 4H CHK P254HHHE 4h CHK 4 Not applicable to the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU 2 Deleting or adjusting is required since it becomes the instruction of different function 3 Converted to SM1255 as unconvertible instruction AnACPU AnUCPU dedicated instruction Display method of dedicated instruction The dedicated instructions for the ANACPU AnUCPU using LEDA LEDB LEDC and LEDR instructions are changed into instructions in the same format as basic instructions and application instructions for the QCPU QnACPU Some instructions are not converted since the QCPU QnACPU series does not have the corresponding instruction They are converted to OUT SM1255 OUT SM999 at Q00
57. BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 QY11AL type contact output module specifications comparison with AY11A Specifications AY11A contact output module QY11AL contact output module Number of output points 16 points 16 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler E 24VDC 2A Resistance load point 24VDC 2A Resistance load point Rated switching voltage A 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point u 16A total 16A total Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA Maximum switching voltage 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA at 200VAC 60Hz 0 1mA at 200VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 200 000 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 200 000 Life Electrical times or more times or more i 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COSd 0 35 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 200 000 times or more 200 000 times or more Maxi itchi ee 3600 times hr 3600 times hr frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V Varistor 387 to 473V Dielectric with
58. Built in flash ROM is alternative 64KROM Unnecessary Built in flash ROM is alternative 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement 1 Precaution for memory replacement a The Q series does not need memory cassettes since its CPU module incorporates the built in RAM flash ROM This built in flash ROM in the CPU module enables the ROM operation Boot run b When using multiple blocks of extension file registers or sampling trace function for the Q series the SRAM card for the series is required 2 Precaution for battery replacement The battery for the A series A6BAT should be replaced with the one for Q series Q6BAT Q7BAT Refer to the users manual of each CPU module for battery life since it varies depending on the type of CPU module and memory cassette The A6BAT is not a model to be discontinued A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT PROGRAM REPLACEMENT This chapter explains how to replace reuse the programs and comments of the A and QnA series CPU with the Q series and precautions for the replacement 1 Comparisons between ACPU and QCPU ACPU specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible QCPU specification and precautions Compat Refer to Main Sub 1 Sequence program Sub 2 Sub 3 SFC e Main program is required Sub programs if included are switched with the CHG instructions
59. Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Input module 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules are required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 64 points 32 points x 2 modules QX81 S2 4 Change in specifications AX82 when using Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not 24VDC applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 7mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required D sub FCN connector 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 7mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required AX81 S3 QX82 S1 QX82 when using 24VDC QX72 when using 12VDC 3 12 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remar
60. Channel Isolated Thermocouple Micro Voltage 21 Input Module User s Manual SH 080141 13JR30 Q64TD Q64TDV GH GX Configurator Tl SW1D5C QTIU Channel Isolated Thermocouple Input Module User s Manual 22 SH 080795ENG 13JZ26 Q68TD G H01 Q68TD G H02 GX Configurator TI SW1D5C QTIU Temperature Control Module User s Manual 23 Q64TCTT Q64TCTTBW Q64TCRT Q64TCRTBW GX Configurator TC SH 080121 13JR21 SWOD5C QTCU High Speed Counter Module User s Manual 24 SH 080036 13JL95 QD62 QD62E QD62D GX Configurator CT SWOD5C QCTU High Speed Counter Module User s Manual Hardware 25 IB 0800421 13JY78 QD62 H01 QD62 HO02 SH 080281E 13JR52 App 15 No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code Type QD75P QD75D Positioning Module User s Manual 26 SH 080058 13JR09 QD75P1 QD75P2 QD75P4 QD75D1 QD75D2 QD75D4 User s Manual Type QD75M Positioning Module 27 IB 0300062 ICT752 QD75M1 QD75M2 QD75M4 Q Corresponding Serial Communication Module User s Manual Basic 28 QJ71C24N QU71C24N R2 QJ71C24N R4 QJ71C24 QJ71C24 R2 SH 080006 13JL86 GX Configurator SC SW2D5C QSCU J MELSEC Q L Serial Communication Module User s Manual Application 29 SH 080007 13JL87 QJ71024N QJ71C24N R2 QJ71C24N R4 QJ71024 QJ71024 R2 MELSEC Q L MELSEC Communication Protocol Reference Manual 30 QJ71C24N QJ71C24N R2 QJ71C24N R4 QU71024 QU71C24 R2 SH 080008 13JF89 QJ71E71
61. Compat Precautions for replacement 8 points ibility Use two QY68As when using 9 Number of output point 16 point z T oun ieeay PANS 16 points occupied A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 5 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to ate 4 5 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range Max applied voltage applicable Maximum load current 0 3A point 2A point 8A unit O Maximum inrush current 1A 100ms or less 8A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 1 5VDC 50mA to 0 3A ON 1 0VDC 50mA or less aay Be MaX JaA 2 OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A Response A cae Bone i i R ad 1ms or less Response time differs to isti ms orless Resistive pad Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode O Common terminal Not provided All points Not provided All points o arrangement independent independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection ae 18 point terminal block neie terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used
62. External Voltage 24VDC 21 6 to 26 4VDC External power supply is not power 65mA X Current required supply 24VDC TYP common Review current capacity when Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON Be ee we Orses sihee current consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ne A Ext dimensio Wi k TEE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inchy Mule Space S PATON Weight 0 64kg 0 14kg O 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deterioration upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 30 Specifications comparison between AY60E and QY68A Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 8 points ibility Use two QY68s when using 9 Number of output point 16 point P pats in ao 16 points occupied amp points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Volt 28 8 VDC is not Rated load voltage 24VDC 12 48V 5 24VDC A side Over Bie applicable Oo ting load volt 21 6 to 26 4VDC i perating load voltage 0 45 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range 10 2 to 56VDC applicable 12RD anpoinis Since the maximum load current
63. O supply module 3 3A common Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A o ON 1 5VDC Max 0 5A 0 3VDC Max 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less O RE PONE PRE 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load Rated load resistive load O Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode O Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common o arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal TB18 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 6 7A Unchangeable puse None Fuse Tah a an Q Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse blows LED indicates it O and signal is output to CPU External connection em 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved nied terminals X terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC TEND Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Bisma Vots 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 10 28 8VDC A applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 suppl 50mA al Current 24VDC TYP common 20mA at 24VDC O Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm so extemal dimensions 9
64. O O O O O O 2 17 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 CPU Module Functional Comparisons 2 3 1 Functional comparisons between A2CCPU AnNCPU and Q series CPU Control Function Contents O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Universal A2CCPU AnNCPU model QCPU Performance 4 Precaution for replacement Reference section Executes the sequence A F B odam acconsenti iiie Set this function with the special Constant scan p 9 O O A A register D9020 for A series and intervals regardless of the i e with parameters for Q series processing time of the program Holds the data of devices in the event of power OFF resetting Latch d ti fail atch power and a momentary power failure o o o o _ T backup longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Remote RUN Executes the remote RUN STOP STOP using external switches O O O O and peripheral devices Set the PAUSE enable flag with the Stops operations while holdin special relay M9040 for A series Section PAUSE ae 2 o o A A peera reay take the output status and with the special relay SM206 7 4 1 for Q series For A series an interrupt program Executes the program that is required for each main program Interrupt and sub program separately For Q Section 3 corresponds to the cause when O O A A i processing j series create only one interrupt 7 7 10
65. OFF current sires 41VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 42VDC are not applicable 1 5mA or less Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Mpu resistance Nas mreased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Doe i se ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less R O input response time of CPU parameter setting ai Bete parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee ae Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting arameters Initial setting is 10ms P i f 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal ni Common terminal Common terminal O e 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 1B01 1B02 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication ON indicatom EED ON indication LED o 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch The 40 pi ti Id External connection 40pin connector 40 pin connector x 2 eid P ORES ace O separately Purchase them method With solder x 2 Option separately ee 0 3mm Applicable wire size 2 oO By oem For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions os we D si ik aks D ei A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 18kg O 4 Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX42
66. ON 0 105A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x ta imm H x W9 x 30 D ia A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 88 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 21 Specifications comparison between AY42 and QY42P 3 89 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 1A point 2A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 1A point 2A common O supply module 1 6A common Maximum inrush current 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at ee ih 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less Response time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load meor on Rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode anoeia 32 points common 32 points common arrangement Common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1
67. Precautions for extension cable replacement eccccccceceeeeeeeeeencecaeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseneenieeaeeees 5 5 54 QA 1S Extension Base UDIT seccccccoccceetet essere st pecieettepeceddnee deniers pecdentayesa denen peace nt aeeee 5 6 5 4 1 QA 1S extension base unit specifications 22 ccc este e cece eeeneeeeeeeaeeeeseseeeeeeeetaeeeeesenaaes 5 6 5 4 2 Applicable OCP U niren a ce ae cs et ee eee 5 6 5 4 3 Extension Cable cccccccccceceeceeeeeececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaaaaaecaeeeseeeeeeeseseccaaaaacaeeceeeeeeeeesesesaesaeeeeeeeeess 5 7 DAA Systemi COMMQUPATION seccanu 5 7 5 4 5 SYSLSM CQGUIPIMENE NIST canciccscesstuaxcesnsaadadenennatdaaccssancdtudansubdadedan vaaadsececvanddddadaastadtndavanndad Ra 5 9 5 4 6 I O address for the QA 1S extension base unit and QA conversion adapter 2 05 5 11 5 4 7 External dimensio S nsen e cecaceunaaddedeaadedsdeassaedadiaesabbadactansadtvenes 5 12 5 5 A A1S Module Conversion Adapter ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeceencneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseccaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessenaeees 5 15 5 5 1 System Configura seisin aa A TAR S A E A TES 5 15 5 5 2 Modules which can use the A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP assecc 5 16 5 5 3 Precautions for using A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP seseeeseeeeeeseeeeeseseen 5 19 5 6 Q Series Large Type Base Unit and Q Series Large Type I O Module eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 5 6 1 SPECIIGCALIONS cess saaszsrsassaedscc
68. Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 64 points gt 32 points 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 64 points occupied 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped Dynamic scan I O A42XY None Use both pane and QY42P and converting I O signal from module dynamic to static Dummy module function Alternating with QG60 and I O assignment setting is recommended Simulation switch function Alternating with QX40 and external switch is recommended Blanking module AG60 QG60 No restrictions QH42P I O module AH42
69. Q01 Q CPU Precaution for replacement Changes writes to the program of a o o o o For the Q series Basic model it is necessary Write during RUN x n i r to set the reserved capacity for the write CPU in the RUN mode 1 1 1 1 f during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card at the The Q series does not include the status latch Status latch nS O x x x j occurrence of an error for monitoring by function the peripheral device St the data of ified devi t reS aa eal Seen ee a O The Q series Basic model does not include Sampling trace the specified intervals for monitoring by y x x x i f 2 the sampling trace function the peripheral device Collects th ti tatus of a S3 ARR SS O The Q series Basic model does not include Program trace specified programs and steps and er x x x i Sa 2 3 the program trace function stores them in a file D Detaches I O modul ial B A eee o Saor oPena The Q series Basic model does not include Simulation modules from the CPU module and ie ain test operates the program when 13 x x x the simulation function Consider the debug with GX Simulator executing the step operation Step operation The Q series Basic model does not include Stops the execution of a sequence i Skip operation p O x x x the step operation function Consider the a program at the specified step
70. RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity when ing two QX28s si t Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON A usna wo Qxaas since curren consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm E A External dimension Wi 5 ce cute tpuauenes 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inchy ta lca NAD Weight 0 63kg 0 14kg O 4 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when fuse blown display is necessary 3 98 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 31 Specifications comparison between AY60S and QY68A 3 99 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 8 points Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QY68As when using 9 Number of output point 16 point 5 T Adele nelle Poe 16 points occupied A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Volt 28 8VDC is not Rated load voltage 24 48VDC 12V 5 24VDC A 91a9S ove ee applicable Ol ting load volt 21 6 to 52 8VDC i perating load voltage te 4 5 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8VDC is not range 10 2 to 52 8VDC applicable 2A points 6 4A common Maximum load current al fuse 2A points 8A unit O When placing next
71. TYP all points ON O eal nenons 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D ul A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 i on 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBX36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 55 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 32 Specifications comparison between AX81 and QX81 S2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible eee Compat g Specification QX81 S2 ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable F Rated input current has Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 6mA A 9 decreased ee ae eee 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 eee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 12y DC areinok apaleabie Maximum number of 60 5 point common 3 a z R Refer to the derating chart O simultane
72. UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 3 Extension base unit Power supply module loaded a Comparisons between A62B and Q63B A QnA series Qseies Precautions for replacement 2 can be loaded Loaded I O modules 3 can be loaded Extendability Exten dable 6 bell shaped hole Mounting hole size For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 250 H 283 W x 29 D mm External dimensions f 9 84 H x 11 14 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch Mounting dimensions 218 x 200 mm 167 x 80 mm to the panel 8 58 x 7 87 inch b Comparisons between A65B and Q65B 6 57 x 3 15 inch Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A QnA series series Precautions for replacement Loaded I O modules 5 can be loaded Extendability Extendable 6 bell shaped hole Mounting hole size For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 250 H x 352 W x 29 D mm External dimensions 9 84 H x 13 86 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 245 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inch 332 x 200 mm 13 07 7 87 inch Mounting dimensions to the panel 222 5 x 80 mm 8 76 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A68B UL and Q68B Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The u
73. W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Ext Id acta 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 4 Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 N 30 31 25 24VDC 20 YN 18 75 28 8VDC 10 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 38 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 15 Specifications comparison between AX41 and QX71 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC A 1 2MA Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA 42VDC aia ce A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiingvoltaoerande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 pe ee eae Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DC arg not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum f 60 5 point aimu numberor eS pointicommon 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1m
74. W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 33kg Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 4 QY11AL type contact output module specifications comparison with AY10A Specifications AY10A contact output module QY11AL contact output module Number of output points 16 points 16 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated switching voltage current 24VDC 2A Resistance load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 16A total 24VDC 2A Resistance load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 16A total Minimum switching load SVDC 1mA SVDC 1mA Maximum switching voltage 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA at 200VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 200 000 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COSd 0 7 200 000 Life times or more times or more Electrical 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC
75. an interrupt cause occurs program to share between the two programs Executes various controls and Consider use of sequence operations over utility programs program etc as the substitution y and user created The Q series does not include the Microcomputer i m e microcomputer programs O O x x instructions by a utility package stored in the microcomputer Therefore modify the program area by calling them corresponding instructions of from the sequence program QCPU and substitute them A feat The settings for ON OFF of Display priority Target errors vary by model but ERROR LED at thi O x O O of ERROR LED AMP Opeens there is no functional difference of error To execute the ROM operation with the High Performance model CPU Enables operation with read a sequence program stored in the standard ROM or a memory parameters and programs card to the program memory usin Section ROM operation stored in ROMs in order not to O O A A prog y 9 ise userbroarams duete the boot run function 7 7 12 poge With the Universal model QCPU battery exhaustion A the ROM operation is not required since the program memory is the flash ROM Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 High Performance model is the generic term for the QO2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 3 Device numbers are converted upon the programmable controller type change by GX De
76. approximately 5 times more efficient processing than the A series This realizes more advanced performance of equipments Compact control panel and space saving Comparing to the large sized A series the Q series requires one fourth mounting area which allows installing a compacted control panel Improved maintainability a The high speed program ports USB port and high speed serial port enable the program reading writing time to be greatly reduced resulting in improvement of on site maintainability b As standard ROM Flush ROM is built in the Q series ROM operation can be performed Without Battery without a memory card c As large files can be managed it is possible to store conventional programs as correction history in memory Easy control of information A Web server module facilitates the factory informatization required in the future such as monitoring and operating equipment remotely collecting data for quality control and obtaining data for traceability There is no A series Web server module EE Point Web server module is a module equipped with an RS 232 interface for connecting to a 1OOBASETX 10BASE T Ethernet interface or modem Using the Web server function users can monitor the programmable controller CPU log data write data to the programmable controller CPU and notify an event via the Internet or intranet For the Web server module refer to the following L gt Web Server Module User s Manu
77. ated scaen etd a RG bias edeestaay 7 41 7 7 8 Instructions where format is changed Excluding AnNACPU AnUCPU dedicated instructions soe evade ats Haadusde tide eta a ee adits elt E ded neo E ee 7 43 7 7 9 AnACPU AnUCPU dedicated instruction cece eeeeeeeee escent ee eeeenaeeeeseeeiaeeeeeeetaeeeeesenaaes 7 44 7 7 10 Setting method when multiple sequence programs are created eccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 7 45 7 7 11 Precautions for file register replacement ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeaees 7 48 7 7 12 Boot run method Writing programs to ROM cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeseenaaees 7 49 CHAPTER 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 1to8 3 8 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions eee eect eeeeeeenee eee eeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeees 8 1 8 2 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions when Mounted with the Upgrade Tool 8 2 8 3 A Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions ccceceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 8 3 APPENDICES App 1 to App 17 Appendix 1 Basic Model OCPU aiicciiccsccccavsatacecassendecaaasanaadeacasauncdsd lan gndadceda cance a a aa ia a a App 1 Appendix 1 1 Major restrictions v ir aaa aeaa aaaea aa aaa a aaa A App 1 Appendix 1 2 CPU module specifications COMpPAriSON cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesensaaaeess App 3 Appendix 1 3 CPU module functional comparison
78. b For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd refer to the catalog for each product shown in Appendix to develop an understanding of the detailed specifications precautions and restrictions for use for correct usage c After replacing the A QnA large type series by the Q series be sure to check operations of the whole system before the actual operation 1 15 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 1 List of Alternative CPU Module Models for Replacement The following table lists alternative models of the Q series CPU module decided depending on the program capacity number of I O points and functions of the A series CPU modules Select the most suitable model in light of the control targets of the A series CPU module specifications and extendability of a system after replacement and cost A QnA series models to be discontinued Product Model A1NCPU A1NCPUP21 1 CPU module 4 A1NCPUR21 A1NCPUP21 S3 Model QO2CPU Q series alternative models Remarks restrictions 1 O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 079us PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 I O points 256 points gt 4096 points I O device points 256 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 6k steps gt 28k steps File register points 0 point 32k points Using memory card 1018k p
79. ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeaeens App 5 A 14 Appendix 2 Spare Parts Storage Appendix 3 Related Manuals Appendix 3 1 Materials for replacement Appendix 3 2 A QnA series Appendix 3 3 Q series eeeceeecceccece eee eeeeeeeeee eee eeaacaeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaaaaaecaeeeeeeeeeeesesececacaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseesssansaeess Appendix 3 4 Programming too eencrenssnensniiini iair iE EA Appendix 3 5 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd 08 App 17 Appendix 3 6 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd App 17 A 15 For the products shown in handbooks for transition Catalogue and transition examples refer to the manuals for the relevant products and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before replacement For the products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd and other companies refer to the catalogue for each product and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before use The manuals and catalogues for our products products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd are shown in Appendix of each handbook for transition For details on product compliance with the above standards please contact your local Mitsubishi
80. change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement 8 points Use two QX28s when using 9 Number of input point 16 point ONAL POE poms 16 points occupied A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz F Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz Rated t t 10mA 200VAC 60H O T SL mAg z Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz aae Max 600mA within 0 12ms Max 500mA within 1ms o 264VAC 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC Operating voltage range O 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 100 16 points A 4 A Use within the range shown in simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Refer to the darating chart the derating figure ON CUTEN 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more o 5 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or x OFF voltage OFF current 7OVAC or less 3 5mA or less eu sare renee A Reduced 2 pti resieonee Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz o Approx 24kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 10ms or less FF to ON 15 l O Reame OTEC iia 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz ti He ON to OFF 25ms or less 20ms or less o 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 8 points common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 Operation indication ON indicat
81. counter module A1SD62E O SP A1SD62D O SP A1SD62D S1 O SP A1SD70 x A1SD75M1 O SP A1SD75M2 O SP Positioning module A1SD75M3 O SP A1SD75P1 S3 O SP A1SD75P2 S3 O SP A1SD75P3 S3 O SP Position detection module A1S62LS 2 O SP Intelligent communication module A1SD51S O SP Mounting to the A1ADP column O Mountable x Not mountable Out of the target Applicable adapter column XY A1ADP XY SP A1ADP SP Product Model 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT Mounting to the A1ADP feted 10 QnACPU ACPU Applicable adapter A1SJ71E71N B2 x O O SP A1SJ71E71N B5 x O O SP A1SJ71E71N3 T x O O SP Ethernet module A1SJ71QE71N B2 x O x SP A1SJ71QE71N B5 x O x SP A1SJ71QE71N3 T x O x SP A1SJ71QC24N x O x SP Serial communication module eee i al A1SJ71QC24N1 x O x SP A1SJ71QC24N1 R2 x O x SP MELSECNET B data link module AISJTIATZIB x 2 2 e A1SJ72T25B x MELSECNET data link module eA 2 2 A1SJ71AR21 x O O SP A1SJ71AP23Q O x x SP MELSECNET MELSECNET B local station data link module aia 9 7 x SP A1SJ71AT23BQ O x x SP A1SJ61BT11 x x O SP CC Link master local module A1SJ610BT11 z 5 7 SP MELSECNET MINI S3 master module A1SJ71PT32 S3 SP MELSEC I O LINK master module A1SJ51T64 O SP B NET interface module A1SJ71B62 S3 O SP A1SJ71UC24 R2 x O O SP Computer link module A1SJ71UC24 PR
82. display 5VDC output ON O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm O Applicable solderless R1 25 4 R2 4 E A RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 W h d terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 i E PEAS Applicable tighteni Tight ithin th licabl pplicable tightening 78 to 118N cm 66 to 89N cm e lig en within the applicable torque tightening torque 250 H x 55 W x 121 D 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D External dimensions Canaan D H H x me mo 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 98 0 40 All l t eel aneia within 20ms within 20ms power failure period e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p S noise voltage 1us noise width N durabilit N It 1500Vp O E ONS war nea ee and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV A t AC terminal batch F eee OSS Orme ermuna 3 Across inputs LG and outputs FG Dielectric withstand and ground 1500VAC for 1 minute i 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m O voltage Across external DC terminal batch 6562 ft and ground 500VAC for 1 minute e Between all inputs LG and all Across external AC terminal batch outputs FG 7 and ground 5MQ or more by Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory 4 2 Spare fuse 1 Short chip for applied voltage select
83. do so may result in an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction 1 Configure external safety circuits such as an emergency stop circuit protection circuit and protective interlock circuit for forward reverse operation or upper lower limit positioning 2 When the programmable controller detects the following problems it will stop calculation and turn off all outputs in the case of a In the case of b it will hold or turn off all outputs according to the parameter setting Note that the A series module will turn off the output in either of cases a and b a The power supply module has over current protection equipment and over voltage Output OFF Output OFF protection equipment b The CPU module self diagnosis functions such Hold or turn off all output as the watchdog timer error detect problems according to the parameter Output OFF setting All outputs may turn on when an error occurs in the part such as I O control part where the CPU module cannot detect any error To ensure safety operation in such a case provide a safety mechanism or a fail safe circuit external to the programmable controller For fail safe circuit examples refer to Appendix 8 General Safety Requirements in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of an output module relay or transistor Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could caus
84. ee alk Current 290mA TYP 24VDC all points ON 290mA TYP 24VDC all points ON External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current consumption 230mA TYP all points ON 230mA TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 134 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 59kg 0 45kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 26 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 7 QY23L type triac output module specifications comparison with AY23 5 27 Specifications Number of output points AY23 triac output module 32 points QY23L triac output module 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 100 to 240VAC 40 to 70Hz 100 to 240VAC 10 15 maximum load voltage 264VAC 264VAC Maximum load current 0 6A point 2 4A common 1 05A common 0 6A point 2 4A common Minimum load voltage current 24VAC 100mA 100VAC 10mA
85. external wiring Not required Existing terminal block can be utilized 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Not required Change in ON voltage ON current Not required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Not required 5 Change in functions Not required AX11 QX11L Input module AX21 QX21L 1 Change in external wiring Not required Existing terminal block can be utilized 2 Change in the number of slots Not required AY10A 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required QY11AL Change in rated input current Not required Change in leakage current at OFF AY10A gt QY11AL Required OmA gt 0 1mA AY11A gt QY11AL Not required 0 1mA 5 Change in functions AY10A gt QY11AL Required Varistor Not required gt required AY11A gt QY11AL Not required Varistor Required 1 Change in external wiring Not required Existing terminal Output module block can be utilized 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program AY13 QY13L Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in r
86. function for errors and stops a CPU etc and Q series Basic model Stores errors detected by the Error codes differ between the A series Brar hisa diagnostics function into the CPU o o o o o and Q series Basic model The latest 16 Error details can be monitored with the peripheral devices points are stored in the error history storage memory It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps App 8 3 Functional comparisons between QnACPU and Q series CPU App s pe me Control QnA Q series Basic QnA Q00J Q00 Q01 O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Precaution for replacement Executes the sequence program at the Constant scan constant time intervals regardless of the O O O O processing time of the program Holds the data of devices when turning Latch OFF th tti d atch power e power reset ing and a 0 o o o _ backup momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Remote RUN Executes the remote BENT OF using the external switches and peripheral O O O O STOP i devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the o o o o 7 output status For A series an interrupt program is required reverent Executes the program that corresponds for each main program and sub program none to the cause when an interrupt cause O A A A separately F
87. iSmeori ss 70ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF amsor less 70ms or less i o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A na i arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal B01 B02 wiring with a different voltage for f each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O A 38 point Ext l ti oE e e terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws p PA 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm i Pe etn For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions ye w D _ H x W 5 0D En A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 12kg O 1 Use the QX41 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 27 Specifications comparison between AX80 and QX80 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x I
88. in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points gt 32 points 16 points x 2 modules AY11A Qyi38A Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Required No varistor 4 Replacing with the Q series large type I O module is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 Output module 1 AY11 QY10 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules AY11AEU QY18A Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half Change in functions Required No varistor Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY11E QY10 4 Change in speci
89. instruction P Cou ure Instruction Reprogram for the special function modules to use with the Example G INPUT G PRN etc name QCPU A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 3 Precautions for Parameter Replacement 7 3 1 Conversion from ACPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the ACPU programs with the QCPU lt Compatibility gt O Common item between ACPU and QCPU that can be converted directly A Item that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Item to be deleted since there is no common item between the ACPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the conversion and correct re set as required Compati Name ie Remarks bility Sequence program capacity A No need to care about the program capacity Memory Microcomputer program capacity x No microcomputer program is available capacity Comment capacity A Not required since comments can be created for all devices File register capacity A Resetting is required since the specifications are different WDT setting A This becomes default 200ms PLC RAS siiig Operation mode when these is an error A This becomes default All stop Annunciator display mode x No compatible function is available RUN PAUSE contact A Re setting is required Output mode at STOP to RUN A This becomes default Output
90. less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF damisorl ss 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms As th h fi Common terminal 8 points common 32 poinisicommon ah pa Ay Deen Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 A wwitina with a different voltade for g TB27 TB36 2B01 2B02 7 ag each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ONindication PED o 32 point switch over using switch External connection en terminal block connector 40 pin connector x 1 Option x method M3 x 6 screws Ries 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm x Be ee For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 110A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x ms D a ee ONES 90 D ails A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 18kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX82 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 N ON ratio 80 common 70 60 24VDC 50 26 4VDC 40 28 8VDC 30 20 z 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 64 3 REPLACI
91. mm inch MELSEC A Base adapter series unit ERNT AQB38 ERNT AQB68 ERNT AQB58 ERNT AQB35 ERNT AQB65 ERNT AQB55 ERNT AQB32 ERNT AQB62 ERNT AQB52 240 9 44 480 18 89 466 18 35 411 16 18 382 15 04 352 13 86 297 11 69 247 9 73 238 9 37 183 7 20 166 2 2 6 54 200 7 87 25 0 98 460 18 11 446 17 56 391 15 39 362 14 25 332 13 07 10 277 10 90 0 39 227 8 93 218 8 58 163 6 42 4 D depth varies depending on the upgrade tool conversion adapter to be used Therefore check the external dimensions of the upgrade tool conversion adapter to be used 2 For using the upgrade tool conversion adapter ERNT AQTY22 The upgrade tool is manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd A38B A38HB A68B A58B A35B A65B A55B A32B A62B A52B 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 3 A Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions W1 Dimensions gt Unit mm inch Mounting dimensions A32B A32B S1 A35B A38B A38HB A38HBEU
92. more 19VDC or more 3mA or more pan 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Set the input response time of OFE IOON Soms YR CPU parameter setting A parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF 6 0ms TYP 1ms or less Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms Respos OFF to ON smsoress 1ms or less A Set the input response time of time high CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms speed Initial setting is 0 2ms mode 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms Aopen 8 ON to OFF iomeori ss 1ms or less A Set the input response time of points only CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms i As the common changes from 3 32 points common Common terminal 8 points common four commons to one common Common terminal 1B01 1B02 A g i arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 2B01 2802 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible ON indication LED Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED o 32 point switch over using switch External connection 20 point m terminal block connector 40 pin connector x 1 Option x M3 x 6 screws E 0 3
93. mre 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A COS 0 35 300 th d ti 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A REES or more L R 7ms 200 thousand times or Gis 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching i g 3600 times hour 3600 times hour O frequency As the common changes from two Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common A commons to one common wiring arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in RoLaysooret Yes Nene 7 Replace the module itself when its relay has a failure 24VDC 10 External Voltage g O i ee Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not a c i 150mA o required el Mey As 24VDC TYP all points ON 20 point External connection F pom 18 point terminal block nee terminal block connector M3 x6 x matt M3 x 6 screws Baws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Revi t ity si Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A PREN EN CAPAS ONER current consumption is increased s 2
94. or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON a dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Wiri S 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Haig eheces MAMON Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 1 Use the QX80 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 52 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 29 Specifications comparison between AX80E and QX82 S1 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Set 16 points in the I O Number of input point 16 point 64 point 5 SU ell Penge pn A assignment of Parameter Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A _ 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced Ona e e rakes 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Duarte gies hae Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 a 12VDCatenot applicable Maximum number of 100 8 points common 3 Use within the range shown in P A A A Refer to the derating chart A MEA simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON the derating figure ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 2 6mA or
95. or less eas Resistive load As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common a two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 Common terminal TB18 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 1 6A Unch bl Fuse None Uno angea e O Fuse blow capacity 50A Yes eebo dao 7 LED is turned n when fuse is o blown Signal is output to a programmable controller CPU External connection N A0poini 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 3 Wiring change is required 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x inch or less 5 12VDC External Voltage 4 ae 4 5 to 15VDC O power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 55mA 90mA at 12VDC Current O 12VDC TYP common Max all points ON Current consumption 0 10A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON O F 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm a External dimen s Wi a casts wemecences 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ming spaces MATEON Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 3 100 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 33 Specifications comparison between AY71 and QY71 3 101 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for r
96. or less zome or less o 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 32 points Common terminal ee poe 16 points common arrangement sommari terminal Common terminal TB17 9 g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection A pem 18 point terminal block Taed terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals Z terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON O f 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm va Ext Id Wi e V A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MIPS SPACES DANN Weight 0 49kg 0 17kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to connected to the QX10 2 10 The following shows the derating chart 90 80 NS 120VAC ON ratio 70 60 50 132VAC 40 o 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 Specifications comparison between AX11EU and QX10 3 27 Specification AX11EU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QX10s whe
97. p noise width of 1us and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency and noise frequency of 25 to 60Hz Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV eae Areca Between primary side and FG Across inputs LG and outputs FG EE 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m O e 6562 ft 6562 ft Between all inputs and all outputs Between all inputs LG and all LG and FG separated between all outputs FG inputs and LG FG between all Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O outputs and FG LG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 Short chip for applied voltage select terminal 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable nor are short chip since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 7 Specifications of A68P Specification A68P 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 200 240VAC 10 15 Input power supply 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 Input voltage distortion Max input apparent power 95VA Inrush current 20A within 8ms Rated output 15VDC 1 2A current 15VDC 0 7A Overcurrent 15VDC 1 64A or more protection 15VDC 0 94A or more Efficiency 65 or more Power indication Power LED display Contact output Switched on if 15VDC output is 14 25V
98. points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Ingulation method 3 citrerent but the performance is equivalent REE SiT E 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximam witching 49 9VAC 74 9VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 49 9VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 2AVAC 1 54 COS 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 24VAC 0 75A frequently since the life is COS 0 35 200 thousand times Or more A approximately half t thore 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC DISA 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand times L R 7ms 200 thousand times or eles Ete 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching A 3600 times hour 3600 times hour O frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistor
99. replacement Reference Q00ucPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU Qo6HCPU Qi2HCPU section O O O O O O O Use direct I O instructions to 07 07 o 07 o 0 07 input output iij the direct mode Section 7 7 2 as the Q series supports the refresh mode only The MELSAP language for O O O O O O O QnA Q series is MELSAP3 and Section 7 6 that for A series is MELSAP II 0 2 0 16 0 1 0 079 0 0034 0 0034 0 0034 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Setting available in 10ms unit Program Program e Program Program Program Program Program memory memory memory memory memory memory f 3 3 3 3 3 33 A memory cassette is required memory RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM f P 3 or the A series as user memory RAM 194K 94K 112K 112K 240K 496K i while the user memory is Section 2 4 1 58K Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard A F included in the Q series as Standard RAM 128K RAM 128K RAM 64K RAM 128K RAM 128K RAM 256K A standard equipment ROM 58K_ Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard ROM 94K ROM 94K ROM 112K ROM 112K ROM 240K ROM 496K Memory Memory Memory Memory card 4 card 4 card 4 card 4 e RAM RAM RAM e RAM x T x Max 8M Max 8M Max 8M Max 8M B B e Flash e Flash Flash e Flash Max 4M Max 4M Max 4M Max 4M e ATA ATA ATA e ATA
100. sensor or switch to be connected to the QI60 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 2 Specifications comparison between Al61 S1 and QI60 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification Al61 S1 omee Precautions for replacement ibility Nimier of interrupt input 16 points 16 points o points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O Rated input current 14mA Approx 6mA A Reduced 1 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operati Itage rai 21 6 to 26 4VDC O E RE E Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of 100 100 o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Simultaneously ON The ON voltage has been ON voltage 16VDC or more 19VDC or more 4 0mA or more A 4 increased The OFF voltage has been OFF voltage 9VDC or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 4 increased Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 9kQ A oe resistance hasiincreased Setting 2 input 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms R ee a 1ms or less response time in Parameter is OFF to ON 2ms or less 8ms or less A not allowed CPU parameter setting E ait Set 1ms to the input response Initial setting is 0 2ms Response time time Setting 2 input 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms apn A ime orles response time in Parameter is ON to OFF 2ms or less 8ms or less i A not allowed CPU parameter setting ND Set 1ms to the input response Initial setting is 0 2ms i time Common term
101. spec eg setting method x Unusable AnNCPU A QnA series AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU Input device X points 1 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 8192 8192 Output device Y points 4 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 8192 8192 Internal relay M points 8192 Latch relay L points Total 2048 Total 2048 Total 8192 Total 8192 8192 Step relay S points 8192 2 Annunciator F points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Edge relay V points x x x x 2048 Link relay B points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 Timer T points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Counter C points 256 256 1024 1024 1024 Data register D points 1024 1024 6144 8192 12288 Link register W points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 R points 4096 8192 8192 8192 32768 File register R ZR points x x x x Max 1018k No of device points Accumulator A points 2 2 2 2 x Z points 1 1 7 7 16 Index register i V points 1 1 7 7 x Nesting N points 8 8 8 8 15 Pointer P points 256 256 256 256 4096 Interrupt pointer I points x 32 32 32 48 Special relay M SM points 256 256 256 256 2048 Special register D SD points 256 256 256 256 2048 Link special relay SB points x x x x 2048 Link special register SW A 2048 points Function input FX points x x x x 16 Function output FY points x x x x 16 Function register FD points x x x x 5 Comment points poi
102. switch over using switch switch External connection A e j input 16 pin connector 40 pin connector x Wiring change is required method 3 TI 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm Ap _ For A6CON1 or A6CONA 12 24VDC mes Voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC o External power supply is not power Ripple ratio within 5 required supply Current 55mA TYP The number of occupied points is Number of occupied 64 points 64 points o 128 points 64points x 2 128 points Output I O assignment 64 points I O assignment input points when using both modules of the QX42 and QY42 Current consumption 0 11A TYP 0 09A TYP all points ON ae 250 H x 37 5 W x 119 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 69 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 18kg O 4 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 ON ratio 80 common 70 60 50 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 24VDC 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 5055 C 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 REPLACING I O MODULES b Specifications comparison between A42XY output part and QY42P Specification A42XY Output specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility
103. terminal 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable nor are short chip since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 2 Specifications comparison between A61PN and Q61P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100 240VAC 10 15 ibility The Q61P is wide range type Input O ele A 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC applicable to 100 to 240VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less O Max input t Sn appa 160VA 130VA o Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Check th t ti f Rated output 5VDC 8A 6A A eo e current consumption o Si entire system curr 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 8A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O LED indicati Power indicator Power LED display 5VDC At OA O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm O Applicable solderles R1 25 4 R2 4 oe PARERS RE ee RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change is required Applicable tightening 78 to 118N cm 66 to 89N cm A Tighten within the applicabl
104. the AnS small type series module the internal current consumption may increase At replacement check that the current consumption of the modules mounted on the base units does not exceed the rated output current of the power supply module used Check for internal current consumption of the A A1S module conversion adapter in 7 Performance specifications Attaching the dustproof cover Be sure to attach a dustproof cover to prevent a failure or an electric shock caused by foreign matter entering in the module a AnS small type series module Attach the dustproof cover included in the A A1S module conversion adapter to the AnS small type series module and mount the module to the A A1S module conversion adapter b A large type series module When using the A A1S module conversion adapter to which A large type series module is mounted on the right side attach the following dustproof cover to the module Prepare individually Remarks Same dustproof cover included in the A52B A55B and A58B Product Manufacturer Quantity Mitsubishi Electric System amp 4 Service Co Ltd Replacing existing module A55B 58B I O dustproof cover The specifications differ between the A large type series module and the AnS small type series module When replacing the A large type series module by the AnS small type series module refer to the Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to AnS Q2AS Sm
105. the QGCPU esirssssicirrrnnasniinnreesnddainanandnedsnnaaanadduianasnna dianan diina 7 30 7 6 Precautions for Replacing the MELSAP II with the MELSAP3 ssssessseeseesseeerrssseerrsssrerrrssrrersses 7 31 7 6 1 Starting SFC progra vesarcscsardi nni 7 31 7 6 2 Block information SFC information device sesssessessseeersseserrrsserrrrssttrrsssrtrnnssttnnnnnsrennnnnt 7 31 7 6 3 Specifications comparison between MELSAP II and MELSAP3 aannnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenrneseses 7 32 7 6 4 Specifications comparison of MELSAP3 between QnACPU and QOPU s sisssssssessnerrnnesnsssene 7 33 7 6 5 SFC diagram that cannot be read normally in another format 0 eee eee 7 34 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement 22 c ccccceccenceceeeeeneeneededeeeeeeedeaneepeeeecanepeddeeeenseeeeedenenees 7 35 7 7 1 Listof appliGable devices isiin iaaa aiaa iaaa aa aaia a Aaa 7 35 7 7 2 VO Control Method covecsnnoninrdiriin ni nn AEE A 7 38 7 7 3 Usable data format for instructions ec cee eeeeee eee enne ee eee etcae ee eee eaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 7 38 CAA TIMET see cece eceeetteth fesena a E ca eeeoin liana edeeed eben eee 7 39 Ta COMET cespendcndecctdvccuaeeteatacades poedaudey E boossunaerbencdausetpadaaudst ponddad ssspiadausetsaceaesssdendecdsteny 7 40 Tae _DISPlAY WSUPUCHONS sees cutee eta ca tevs epteded E endear weesecemvieeseecen eg 7 40 7 7 7 Inder registo sena ead ies E nei ha alee Satire een dct sa eet
106. to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Setting available in 10ms unit eP e Program Program Program rogram Program Program Program memory 2 3 3 3 memory 3 memory memory A ired memory memory memory pone 160k 240K 520K memory cassette is require 40K 60K 80K Standard for the A series as user memory Standard Standard Standard i P 7 Standard Standard Standard RAM 192K RAM 256K RAM 768K RAM while the user memory is Section 2 4 1 RAM 128K RAM 128K RAM 64K f 1024K included in the Q series as Standard Standard Standard p Standard Standard Standard PON RONI RON Standard standard equipment ROM 512K ROM 512K ROM 512K 1024K 1024K 1024K ROM 2048K Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory card 4 card 4 card 4 card 4 card 4 RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM x Max 8M Max 8M Max 8M Max 8M Max 8M _ Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Max 4M Max 4M Max 4M Max 4M Max 4M ATA ATA ATA ATA ATA Max 32M Max 32M Max 32M Max 32M Max 32M Max 10k Max 15k Max 20k Max 30k Max 40k Max 60k Max 130k The AnA AnU QnA and Q series do not include 7 7 7 P z X microcomputer program Therefore consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution 1024 1024 2048 4096 4096 4096 4096 2 11 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Function Contents A2CCPU O Usable A Partially different in
107. to 2048 8192 8192 Output device Y points gt 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 8192 8192 Internal relay M points 8192 Latch relay L points Total 2048 Total 2048 Total 8192 Total 8192 8192 Step relay S points 8192 6 Annunciator F points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Edge relay V points x x x x 2048 Link relay B points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 Timer T points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Counter C points 256 256 1024 1024 1024 No of device points Data register D points 1024 1024 6144 8192 12287 Link register W points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 File register R points 4096 8192 8192 8192 32768 Accumulator A points 2 2 2 2 x Z points 1 1 7 7 16 Index register V points 1 7 7 x Nesting N points 8 8 8 8 15 Pointer P points 256 256 256 256 4096 Special relay M points 256 256 256 256 2048 Special register D points 256 256 256 256 2048 Comment points Comment points points T Max 1600 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max approx 50K Watchdog timer WDT Memory error detection CPU error If di ti i O O Oo O O Saliciegmesies detection Battery error detection etc ti de at Operationimode a Stop Continue setting O O O O O error occurrence Output mode Re output operation status before switching at changing STOP Selection of output after O O O O O from STOP to RUN operation execution 1 Only refresh I O is available 2 Direct I O is also selectable with the DIP switch 3 Ba
108. type Cancel Q06H Click the OK button after setting PLC type Setting PLC series Change PLC type PLC series QCPU Qmode v Setting PLC type Change PLC type H r OCPU made T T i PLC type Oncel A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT c Select the conversion method of special relays registers Change PLC type match the PLC tyi A Change the PLC type to QO6H Are you sure to change all of the data to type To check all data select confirm change Gz selected convert M9000 D9000 lt gt SM1000 SD1000 wv a now Specify the conversion destination of special relays registers ACPU M9000s D9000s Check the Convert M9000 D9000 lt 4 gt Q QnACPU special devices e Checked Converted to the Q dedicated device e Not Checked Converted to the A compatible SM1000s SD1000s When the Basic model QCPU or Universal model CPU is selected the parameter is always checked It is recommended to check the box when specifying the device conversion destination Click the Yes or Confirm change button after specifying the device conversion destination to start Change PLC type e Yes The change is executed without intermediate steps of user confirmation e Confirm change Asks the user for confirming the changes A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 3 ACPU program conversion ratio Conversion ratio of common instructions Sequence basic application instructions The fo
109. unnecessary 1 INTRODUCTION 2 Leveraging a spare part AnS small type series module when utilizing the existing modules using the QA extension base Method Use a spare part AnS small type series module a module substitutes for large sized A series module with A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP Advantage Spare part having the functions equivalent to the module before replacement Functions can be added with Web server module Q series Leveraging a spare part AnS small type series module A1ADP QA extension base unit QA6L B or Aseries extension base unit on which the QA conversion adapter is mounted 4 For details of A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP refer to Section 5 5 Existing large sized A series modules The number of added points is small and there are empty slots on the base unit A A1S module conversion adapter j AnS small type series I O module intelligent function module etc 1 INTRODUCTION N 3 Leveraging the Q series large type base unit and Q series large type I O module Method Using the Q series large type base unit and Q series large type I O module attach the 32 point terminal block used for existing A series I O module without changing external wiring Advantage Changing the existing external wiring and processing the mounting hole of the Q series large type base un
110. vat 180 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 31 25 24VDC 18 75 28 8VDC 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 22 Specifications comparison between AX42 and QX72 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC A 1 2MA Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA 42VDC Hi aes A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiinavoltaae rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 sian al pn ies Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC 2ANDG arenot applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maxi ber of 60 20point bet ba ee pa r h 20point cammon 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 9 5VDC ON voltage ON current pais 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable 1 3mA or more 6VDC or less OFF voltage OFF current ions 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less 24VDC are not applicable 1 1 5mA or less Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Boe ake ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of sg Fp parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1
111. write to the intelligent special function module m DTOP DTOP o Timing pulse generation DUTY DUTY O f DXCH DXCH O 32 bit data conversion DXCHP DXCHP O P DXNR DXNR Q 32 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations DXNRP DXNRP O 3 DXOR DXOR O 32 bit exclusive logical sum operations DXORP DXORP O Interrupt enable instruction El El O Link refresh enable El El O ENCO ENCO O 256 8 bit encode ENCOP ENCOP O Sequence program termination END END O Main routine program termination FEND FEND O y FIFR FIFR O Reading oldest data from tables FIFRP FIFRP O i FIFW FIFW oO Writing data to the data table FIFWP FIFWP O 4 FMOV FMOV O Identical 16 bit data block transfers FMOVP FMOVP O FOR to NEXT instruction FOR FOR O 1 word data read from the intelligent FROM FROM o special function module FROMP FROMP o INC INC O 16 bit BIN data increment INCP INCP O Return from interrupt programs IRET IRET O Pointer branch instruction JMP JMP O Operation start LD LD O LD lt LD lt O LD lt LD lt O 4 3 LD lt gt LD lt gt O BIN 16 bit data comparison LD LD O LD gt LD gt O LD gt LD gt O LDD lt LDD lt O LDD lt LDD lt O P LDD lt gt LDD lt gt oO BIN 32 bit data comparison LDD LDD O LDD gt LDD gt O LDD gt LDD gt Q Operation start LDI LDI O ASCII code display instruction LED OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 d Note that the buffer memory address between Q series and A series may differ
112. x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 12kg O 1 Use the QX81 S2 at 24VDC 3 62 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 38 Specifications comparison between AX81 S2 and QX81 Specification AX81 S2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O s Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Rated input voltage 48V 60VDC 24VDC x 4 applicable Rated input current 3mA 4mA Approx 4mA O o ti It 41 to 66VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not atin age range x see ag aa Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 applicable Maximum number of 60 5 point common 9 z A gt F Refer to the derating chart Oo simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 31VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not ON voltage ON current es 19VDC or more 3mA or more x 3 1 7mA or more applicable 1 Voltage over 28 8VDC is not OFF voltage OFF current 10VDC or less 0 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less x i 4 applicable Input resistance Approx 18kQ Approx 5 6kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70 l Set the input ti f OFF to ON 20ms or less 60VDC ms or less o et the input response time o CPU parameter setting parameters to 20 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70 l Set the input ti f ON to OFF 20ms or less 60VDC TE a
113. 0 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBX36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 63 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 39 Specifications comparison between AX81 S3 and QX82 S1 Specification AX81 S3 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible QX82 S1 Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Set 32 points in the I O Number of input point 32 point 64 point ONL PONS PETR pene A assignment of Parameter Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operati It 12VDC t licable e estas bag Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 a ie ES Maximum number of 60 5 point common 9 Use within the range shown in A R Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON the derating figure ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms OFF to ON 6amson less 1ms or
114. 0 44kg 0 12kg mi Use the QX41 S2 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 External dimensions oj gt jo 3 39 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 16 Specifications comparison between AX41 S1 and QX41 S1 Specification AX41 S1 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible QX41 S1 Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operati Itage 12VDC t licable per Ee Eels Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A a eal Maximum number of 60 5 point common A 9 a f k A Refer to the derating chart Oo simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A oo renano nasinereased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms OFF to ON 6 Jims 6 less 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF d
115. 0 9 gt 4 4 I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps gt 28k steps File register points 8k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately Q01UCPU I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 06us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 9 79 I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points I O device points 8092 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps File register points 8k points gt 64k points Extension stage 3 stage 4 stage Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM QO2UCPU 1 O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 04us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 14 I O points 1024 points gt 2048 points I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps 20k steps File register points 8k points 64k points Using memory card 4086k points Extension stage 3 stage 4 stage Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM mem
116. 00VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 2A 240VAC 1 8A kai 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 1 1A 240VAC 0 9A pee frequently since the life is oo 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 158 A approximately half 24VDC 1 1 100VDC 0 1A a 300 thousand times ati 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor None None As the common changes from Common terminal 8 paints common 16 points common two commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB20 A Ae F arrangement TB31 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 24VDC 10 Voltage Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External Powar Must be SELV power supply External power supply is not Sue 220mA required Current 24VDC TYP all points ON O Must be SELV power supply External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 18 point terminal block M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm AWG14 to AWG19 0 3 to 0 75mm core Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless terminal 3 79
117. 0VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 24VAC 1 54 o 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 54 Life more COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 24VAC 0 75A armie frequently since the life is oe 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 158 A approximately half 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A pacts 300 thousand times heel 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 14 L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximumiswitehing 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency As the common changes from Common terminal 3 pei senna 16 points common two commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A ar arrangement Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for TB27 TB36 each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External Voltage PAVDO 10 O Rewer Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not uay arent 290mA o required 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection Seapine 18 point terminal block ned terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved Nee tanninal X terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review cur
118. 0Vp O E PAREAN Pap and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV A t AC terminal batch A eee cross Oxeme ermina a a Across inputs LG and outputs FG Dielectric withstand and ground 1500VAC for 1 minute 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m O voltage Across external DC terminal batch 6562 ft and ground 500VAC for 1 minute e Between all inputs LG and all outputs FG Across external AC terminal batch e Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance and ground 5MQ or more by O insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 Short chip for applied voltage select terminal 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable nor are short chip since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 Specifications comparison between A63P and Q63P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 24VDC 30 35 24VDC 30 35 ibility Inpuripewer Supply 15 6 to 31 2VDC 15 6 to 31 2VDC Input frequency Input voltage distortion Max input apparent 65W 45W O Inrush current 100A within 1ms 100A within 1ms at 24VDC input O Rated output 5VDC BA 6A a Shek the current consumption of TE en
119. 1 A1SX40 S2 ineut module A1SX41 A1SX41 S1 A1SX41 S2 A1SX42 A1SX42 S1 A1SX42 S2 A1SX71 A1SX80 A1SX80 S1 A1SX80 S2 A1SX81 A1SX81 S2 A1SX82 S1 A1SX42X A1SY10 A1SY10EU A1SY14EuU A1SY18A A1SY18AEU A1SY22 A1SY28A A1SY40 Supune A1SY40P A1SY41 A1SY41P A1SY42P A1SY50 A1SY60 A1SY60E A1SY68A A1SY71 A1SY80 A1SY81 A1SY82 A1S42Y I O module A1SH42 A1SH42 S1 A1SX48Y58 A1SX48Y18 Perecer noie A1SD61 A1SD62 A1SD62E A1SD62D 4 A1SD62D S1 A D converter module A1S64AD A1S68AD D A converter module A1S62DA A1S68DAI A1S68DAV Analog I O module A1S63ADA A1S66ADA Temperature input module A1S62RD3N A1S62RDA4N A1S68TD A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 A1S64TCTRT Turer ae cine A1S62TCRT S4 A1S62TCTTBW S2 A1S64TCTRTBW A1S64TCTT S1 A1S64TCTTBW S1 A1S64TCRT S1 A1S64TCRTBW S1 Pulse catch module A1SP60 Analog timer module A1ST60 Interrupt module A1SI61 3 A1SD70 Positioning module A1SD75P1 S3 A1SD75P2 S3 A1SD75P3 S3 Al A1SD75M1 A1SD75M2 A1SD75M3 a eee aes master A1SJ71PT32 83 4 Intelligent communication module A1SD51S 2 a a aT iee 2 local A1SJ71AP23Q A1SJ71AR23Q A1SJ71AT23BQ Position detection module A1S62LS PC fault detection module A1SS91 Memory card interface module A1SD59J S2 ID interface module A1SD351D1 A1SD35ID2 2 MELSEC I O LINK master module A1SJ51T64 B NET interface module A1SJ71B62 S3 S LINK master module A1SJ71SL92N AS i master module A1SJ71AS92 Blank cover A1SG60 Dummy module A1SG62 4 Th
120. 100 QJ71E71 B5 QJ71E71 B2 Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual Basic 31 SH 080009 13JL88 QJ71E71 100 QJ71E71 B5 QJ71E71 B2 Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual Application 32 SH 080010 13JL89 QJ71E71 100 QJ71E71 B5 QJ71E71 B2 Q Corresponding Intelligent Communication Module User s Manual 33 SH 080089 13JR16 QD51 QD51 R24 AD51H BASIC Programming Manual Command QD51 QD51 R24 34 SH 080090 13JF63 A1SD51S AD51H S3 Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual 35 Remote I O network SH 080124 13JF96 QD51 QD51 R24 A1SD51S AD51H S3 CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual 36 SH 080394E 13JR64 QJ61BT11N Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC to PLC network 37 SH 080049 13JF92 QJ71LP21 QU71LP21 25 QJ71LP21S 25 QU71LP21G QJ71BR11 QJ71NT11B Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual Remote I O network 38 SH 080124 13JF96 QJ71LP21 QU71LP21 25 QU71LP21S 25 QU71LP21G QJ71BR11 QJ72LP25 25 QJ72LP25G QJ72BR15 CC Link LT Master Module User s Manual 39 SH 080351E 13JR62 QJ61CL12 MELSECNET MELSECNET B Local Station Data Link Module User s 40 Manual SH 080670ENG 13JR98 A1SJ71AP23Q A1SJ71AR23Q A1SJ71AT23BQ Appendix 3 4 Programming too No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SH 080373E 13JU41 2 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SFC SH 080374
121. 108 H x 37 5 W x 54 D mm 4 25 H x 1 48 W x 2 13 D inch Weight 0 03kg External dimensions 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 6 2 Applicable programmable controller The following modules are mountable to the CPU slot on the Q series large type base unit The Basic model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU and safety CPU are not mountable e High Performance model QCPU e Universal model QCPU except for QOOUJCPU e MELSECNET H remote I O module 5 6 3 Modules that cannot be mounted on the Q series large type base unit 1 Two slot module Example Such as Q64TCRTBW Q64TCTTBW QD70D4 QD70D8 QJU71LP21S 25 and QJ71GP21S SX 2 Module on which the Q series large type black cover cannot be attached e Module whose height exceeds 98mm 3 86 inch e Module with a bracket on its top e Module on which the Q7BAT SET has been mounted Example Module on which the Q66AD DG Q66DA G or Q68AD G has been mounted or the QJ71WS96 on which the Q7BAT SET has been mounted Module with a bracket cannot be mounted Two slot module cannot be mounted Module whose height exceeds 98mm 3 86 inch cannot be mounted E lt Point 1 Use the extension cable connected to existing Q series for connecting the power supply module CPU module and Q series large type base unit Attaching the Q series large type black cover to the power supply module or CPU module is unnecessary 2 The upgrade tool manufactured by Mit
122. 13kg Oo 4 The AX50 is sink type module and the AX50 S1 is sink source type module The specifications of the AX50 and AX50 S1 shown on the table above are the same 2 The following shows the derating chart 10 48VDC AC 90 80 70 60 50 40 57 6VDC 30 52 8VAC 20 A O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 48 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 25 Specifications comparison between AX70 and QX70 3 49 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 5V 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable Baten nnut Cont 3 5mA 2mA 4 5mA TYP 5VDC Approx 1 2mA 4 p 5 5mA 3mA 6mA MAX 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A jae arenotapplicable 4 5 to 6VDC A ESANA 4 5 to 5 5VDC SW ON Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 iether a 10 2 to 26 4VDC SW OFF 10 2 to 14 4VDC arya are not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Mereimum memar of l 100 8 points common 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 3 5VDC or more 1 0mA or more SW ON ON volt ON t 3 5VDC 1mA O voltage ot cite 5VDC or more 1 0mA or more SW SNE MOMS e OFF 1 1VDC or less 0 2mA or SW ON x OFF voltage OFF current
123. 2 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 2048 2 2048 2 2048 2 8192 2 8192 2 8192 2 8192 2 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 512 512 512 2048 2048 2048 2048 512 512 512 1024 1024 1024 1024 11136 11136 11136 12288 12288 12288 12288 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 x 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 when 65536 when 65536 when 131072 when a memor a memor a memor a memo j aoe 65536 card is e cardis oe cardis ea cardis isd i Max 1018K Max 1018K Max 1018K Max 1018K Accumulators are converted to the special registers SD718 SD719 upon A gt Q program i x x x i i x e s as they aro a Section 9 included in the QnA and Q series 10 10 10 16 16 16 16 a a x This is used as edge relay for the QnA and Q series 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 300 300 300 4096 4096 4096 4096 128 128 128 256 256 256 256 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 en pag Within the Within the Max Max Max Max program range of the range of the approx approx approx approx standard RAM standard RAM 50k 50k 50k 50k memory x x x x x x x O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
124. 240VAC 10 15 ibility The Q62P is wide range type Input O ele A 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC applicable to 100 to 240VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less O Max input apparent 155VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Rated output 5VDC 5A 3A A Check the current consumption of current 24VDC 0 8A 0 6A A entire system Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 3 3A or more O protection 24VDC 1 2A or more 0 66A or more O Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more O LED indicati Power indicator Power LED display 5VDC Sas O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm O Applicabl Iderl tie ae RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change is required Applicable tighteni Tight ithin th licabl cites ele 98 to 137N cm 66 to 89N cm e Weegee ens torque tightening torque Estenial dimensions 250 H x 55 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mi 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 9 0 39 Allowable momentary ee i A Within 20ms Within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of noise By noise simulator of 1500Vp p Noise durability voltage of eeu 2KV noise voltage Tipe noise width o 1500Vp
125. 2msor less 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms F As the common changes from 7 8 points common Common terminal g 32 points common four commons to one common arrangement common terminal Common terminal B01 B02 A wiring with a different voltage for E TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 eae J i y each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection ano terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws RG eee 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm PF cere For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 z terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x Nile D ED x W290 D Aai A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O a Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 on 80 Y 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible
126. 3mm Applicable wire size 2 O Be omm For A6CON1E The 37 pin connector is sold separately Accessory Two external wiring connectors None x 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not EANA Voltage 10 210 30DE 10 2 to 28 8VDC A licabl power oe Ripple ratio within 5 PPM supply 50mA Current 40mA at 24VDC O aa 24VDC TYP 1 common ON met penne Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x Mos D om H x eee a A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 58kg 0 15kg O 3 106 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 2 3 Combined I O module specifications comparison 1 Specifications comparison between AH42 and QH42P 3 107 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Sink type Input type Sink t O ee ea a Positive common 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operati oltage ra 12VDC t licable pea ois eae Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A ate pen PRN P Approx 3mA at 12VDC Rated input t A 4mA 1 A a Approx 7mA at 24V
127. 4VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 49 9VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 24VAC 1 54 o 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 th d ti ears ousand EMES OF 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS 0 35 100 th dt Replace the module more Electrical 24VAC 0 75A 0 35 ONTANG frequently since the life is or more COS 0 35 200 th d ti approximately half ha ee ousand Umes 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 154 An APR j COS 0 35 300 th d ti 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A aai ete Umes L R 7 200 th d ti ha ms ousanc Umes or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maxi itchi PONS 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Common terminal Not provided Not provided o arrangement All points independent All points independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage es Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not a l c t 150mA o required el pay ieee 24VDC TYP
128. 5 Pointer P points 256 256 256 256 4096 Interrupt pointer I points x 32 32 32 48 Special relay M SM points 256 256 256 256 2048 Special register D SD points 256 256 256 256 2048 Link special relay SB points x x x x 2048 Pink special register SW i 7 7 y 2048 points Function input FX points x x x x 16 Function output FY points x x x x 16 Function register FD points x x x x 5 Comment points points Max 1600 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max approx 50k Comment points Extended comment Max 3968 Max 3968 Max 3968 Max 3968 x Watchdog timer WDT Sadenie Memory ertor detection CPU o o o o o error detection Battery error detection E alenon Stop Continue setting O O O 8 O Output mode switching Re output operation status at changing from STOP before STOP Selection of O O Q O to RUN output after operation execution 1 This number means the number of useable points on the program 2 The points are when the capacity of a memory card to be used is 2M bytes 3 This is the number of points that can be written to CPU N 5 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU p Reference Precaution for replacement x Q00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU section 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 819
129. 5 3 eonleable soreness R293 RES Sleeved solderless terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased s A 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Pernaldimensions 9 84 A x 1 48 Hee 4 76 A inch 3 86 x 1 08 ihe bee A inch Wiring spaceiis narrow Weight 0 44kg 0 22kg O 3 68 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 2 Specifications comparison between AY10A and QY18A Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of ouput points 46 points 8 points A Use two QY18As when using 9 16 points occupied points or more Insulati thod is diff t but Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A TERORS P va a the performance is equivalent ae 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point Rated switching voltage ae Stet 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching vol
130. 5 x Section 7 2 3 4 PID control PIDCONT PIDCONT Q PID control data setting PIDINIT PIDINIT O Displaying ASCII characters PR OUT SM1255 7 sections 273 0 10 11 Sending data up to 00 code PR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 PR4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 T 19 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT i O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion Section 7 2 3 7 8 Displaying ASCII characters PRN OUT SM1255 x dats 7 8 10 11 PRN2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Sending designated number of bytes of data PRN4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 a PRV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Writing ASCII characters to the VRAM PRNV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Section 7 2 3 8 9 Writing VRAM data PUT OUT SM1255 x ae al 8 9 s PVRD1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Reading present value PVRD2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 PVWR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Setting preset data PVWR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Conversion from floating decimal point angle to radian RAD RAD Remote O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Changing the extension file register block
131. 5 x Section 7 2 3 5 Reading from writing to word devices in the MELSECNET 10 ZNRD J ZNRD O Section 7 2 3 5 station ZNWR J ZNWR O Section 7 2 3 5 Zone control for BIN 16 bit data ZONE ZONE O q ae P ZRRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Direct read write of extension file registers in 1 word units ZRWR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 ae 2 F ZRRDB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Direct read write of extension file registers in units of bytes ZRWRB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 3 Instructions that may need a replacement at instruction conversion from ACPU to QCPU Some instructions are not automatically converted upon the replacement of the ACPU with QCPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted Reviewing the program is recommended Instruction type ACPU instruction Corrective action Counter Measure 01 Sequence Bit device output inversion CHK Review the program and change manually instruction instruction Supplement Change candidate instruction FF instruction Basi Counter M 2 p Program switching instruction CHG ae er Measure instruction Review the program with referring to Section 7 7 10 Counter Measure ASCII code conversion ASC Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement Change candidate instruction MOV instruction MELSECNET Il B pan LWTP Loca
132. 50 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm a External dim o Wi ermal cimensionS 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ming Shee ie Benen Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg O 4 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 9 Specifications comparison between AY13 and QY10 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY10s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A j intsor more Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method different b t the performance is equivalent PARO 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point Rene aaa voltage 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 5A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A ai 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A
133. 512 512 512 512 512 11136 11136 11136 2048 2048 2048 x 32768 32768 The QOOJCPU does not have file registers Accumulators are converted to the special registers SD718 SD719 upon A gt Q program x x x conversion as they are not included in the QnA and Q series 10 10 10 x x x This is used as an edge relay for the QnA and Q series 15 15 15 300 300 300 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 Max 1400 Max 2300 Max 2300 O O O O O O oO O O App 4 Appendix 1 3 CPU module functional comparison 1 Functional comparison between A2CCPU AnNCPU and Q series CPU O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method A series Q series basic model Function Contents A2C AnN Q00J CPU CPU CPU CPU Precaution for replacement App s Executes the sequence program at Set this function with the special register Constant scan constant time intervals regardless of O D9020 for A series and with parameters the processing time of the program for Q series Basic model Holds the data of devices when Latch power turning OFF the power resetting o backup and a momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Remote RUN Frecutes the remote RUNSTOR using the external switches and O STOP peripheral devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the o output status For A series an interrupt program is nena Ex
134. 5A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions 0 Ws D iiai H x Oe ee ne A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 on 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 14 Specifications comparison between AX41 and QX41 S2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible eee Compat g Specification QX41 S2 ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable F Rated input current has Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 6mA A 9 decreased ee ey eee 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 eee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 12y DC areinok apaleebie Maximum number of 60 5 point common
135. 6 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 100 240VAC 50 60Hz 5 100 240VAC 50 60Hz 5 O Maximum load voltage 264VAC 264VAC O Carefully select load for use Maximum load current 2A point 3 3A common 0 6A point 4 8A common A since the maximum load current per point is lowered aN aO 24VAC 100mA 24VAC 100mA Carefully select load for use Gant e 100VAC 10mA 100VAC 25mA A since the minimum load current 240VAC 20mA 240VAC 25mA is increased AOA 10ms or less Earefully Select load for use Maximum inrush current 20A 1 cycle or less A since the inrush current value 15A 100ms or less i differs 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 1 5mA or less For 120VAC 60Hz Leakage current OFF ge curent ORR 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 3mA or less For 240VAC 60Hz Q Maximum voltage drop at T SVAC OP ISSS 16 2A ae ere 1 8VAC or less 0 2 to 1A 1 5V or less o 5VAC or less 0 2A or less OFF to ON ims or less 1ms 0 5 cycles or less O Response ims 0 5 cycles or less time N to OFF 1ms 0 5 cycl l O ON ie ka Sere eee Rated load resistance load CR absorber Surge suppressor 0 022uF 47Q CR absorber A Varistors are not built in 1 Varistor 387 to 473V As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common X two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication
136. 6 points 16 points O occupied points VO ascionment Empty 16 points Empty 16 points O classification Use for parts without I O module Mounted to the slot where no I O Application Especially for parts of empty slot module is mounted Especially O between modules as dust control between modules for dust control External 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 17kg 0 07kg O 2 Specifications comparison between AG62 and QG60 3 115 Specification Number of I O Max 64 points Able to select from 16 points 32 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement b 16 point ed ra J points 48 points and 64 points by poins i occupied points Set the number of occupied points using the switch on module surface gt with the I O assignment of Depends on the switch setting for the a g 5 parameter settings I O assignment number of input occupied points Empty 16 points A classification 16 points 32 points 48 points 64 PYER points Reserve 16 points 32 points 48 points Mounted to the slot where no I O Application or 64 points in advance for the future module is mounted Especially A need of adding I O between modules for dust control The provided simulation switches for A 16 points from the first I O number
137. 60 0ON 55 C Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current No limit Short protect function 0 7A 10ms or less A since the inrush current value differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop at 3 5VDC 0 1A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A ON 2 5VDC 0 1A TYP 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 0 5ms or less 1ms or less A Response i G eee fe i 4ms or less Response time differs g PRE Rated load resistive load A onone 32 points common 32 points common Ee aes Common terminal 1 17 1 18 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 x Wiring change is required E 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 2B01 2B02 Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode O Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes Overheat protection function and Yes short circuit protection function A Overheat protection function Overheat protection func is overload protection function 3 detected in 1 point unit i ae Protection Overheat protection function is O When Overheat protection func i activated in units of 2 points occurs at an 1 point of 1 common fone i Overload protection function is output of all points for 3 ak activated in units of 1 point corresponded common terminal is turned OFF The 37 pin connector is sold External connection Two 37 pin connectors 37 pin D subconnector o separately method Solder Option 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs D 0
138. 64 points 16 points x 4 modules Change in the number of input points 32 points x 1 AX21EU QX28 module 8 points x 4 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 4 Replacing with the Q series large type I O module is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions Alternating with QX41 is recommended When applying DC input 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not AX31 None applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Input module When 12VDC is required use QX71 When applying AC input Convert the 12 24VAC to DC externally before inputting to QX41 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal bloc
139. 64 points 64 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC A 1 2MA Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mMA 12VDC poil a A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiingwoltaoerande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 Poe ces Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DC arg not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 40points Mamun number i a When located next to the power 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points supply module 26points 9 5VDC x ON voltage ON current S 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more 24VDC are not applicable 1 2 6mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ O haa aa Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting aj oi parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee are me Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting arameters Initial setting is 10ms P eoon eminal 32 points common 32 points common Peper Common terminal 1 17 1 18 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 O e 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication ON indicaton EED ON indication HED T o 32 point switch over using switch 32 po
140. 6ADP A50B A6 0B b By mounting the QA conversion adapter existing A series extension base unit can be used as the extension base unit for the replaced QCPUs Since it is equivalent to the QA extension base unit the precautions for the mountable module are the same as that of the QA extension base unit c When utilizing existing A series module using QA extension base programs can be utilized without changing the existing I O address with I O assignment setting in PLC parameter For details of I O address setting method with I O assignment refer to Section 5 4 6 1 4 1 INTRODUCTION Point The QA extension base unit can be used with the High Performance model QCPU or the Universal model QCPU with a serial number first five digits of 13102 or later For details and precautions of the QA extension base unit refer to Section 5 4 1 INTRODUCTION u Replacement procedures e Mount the QCPU and a module for function expansion on the Q series main base unit Connect the QA extension base unit QA65B to the main base unit as the first extension base unit and mount the power supply module and I O module which are installed to the existing large sized A main base unit series on it Wiring change is unnecessary Mount the QA conversion adapters QA6ADP on after the first extension base units and utilize the existing extension base unit power supply module and I O module for large sized A series to a system after replacement
141. 8 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 I 30 31 25 24VDC 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 a 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 33 Specifications comparison between AX81 and QX71 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable 3 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated t t 4mA 10mA i 1 ed input curren m m 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operan volage rane 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 pe ee eae Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DC arg not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum f 60 5 point aimu numberor eS pointicommon 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or les
142. 8 8 0 100 instruction FOR to NEXT instruction 2 2 0 100 Local stati te tati ocal s A ion remo e I O station 4 0 4 0 Access instruction Display instruction 5 3 2 60 Other instruction 10 2 8 20 Total number of application instruction 99 84 15 85 Total number of sequence basic application instruction 237 220 17 93 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT e Conversion ratio of dedicated instructions The following table shows the conversion ratio when changing the programmable controller type of the ACPU dedicated instructions to the QCPU Universal model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Number of Number of Number of Instruction type p instructions i Conversion instructions instructions applicable for ae ratio i requiring automatic Average level manual change conversion Direct input output instruction 3 3 0 100 Structured program instruction 6 2 4 33 Data operation instruction 6 6 0 100 I O operation instruction 2 2 0 100 Dedicated Real number processing instruction 27 27 0 100 instruction Character string processing instruction 25 24 1 96 Functional Data control instruction 6 6 0 100 extension Clock instruction 2 2 0 100 Extension file register instruction 7 0 7 0 Program switching instruction 4 0 4 0 Instruction for PID control 3 2 1 67 Subtotal 91 74 17 81 Dedicated Instruction for data link 9 5 4 56 instruction Instruction for special function mod
143. 84 Ja 1 48 n 5 16 o inch 3 86 He 1 08 ae ey A nehj 2 MR Space ts nartow Weight 0 53kg 0 17kg O 3 94 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 27 Specifications comparison between AY51 S1 and QY50 3 95 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QY50s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A poins ormare Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable Maximum load current C SApoint 2veomman 0 5A point 4A common O 1A fuse common Maximum inrush current 3A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 1VDC TYP 0 3A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 0 ON 1 5VDC Max 0 3A 0 3VDC Max 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response Pn ims or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load Rated load resistive load O Surge suppressor Transistor built in zener diode Zener diode O Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common Cc terminal TB18 TB36 O arrangement ee as i Common terminal TB18 8 points fuse common Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 1A fast blow fi ASE TOW meee 6 7A
144. 84k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 1 W O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 60 4 I O points 4096 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps gt 130k steps 7 File register points 8k points 512k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately QO6HCPU A3UCPU QO03UDCPU QO6UDHCPU CPU module Q12HCPU A4UCPU QO6UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Product Model Q2ACPU QO02CPU QO2UCPU QO3UDCPU Q series alternative models Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 4 4 4 I O points 512 points 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 28k steps gt 28k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 32k points Using mem
145. A or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee aa pee us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting i Rae parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms F As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common arrangement esmmon terminal Common terminal B01 B02 A wiring with a different voltage for 2 TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 ae 9 a9 each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection pica sou 4 na terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws Rea 0 3mm 22 AWG Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm gt eee For AGCON1 or A6CONA Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 ie terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight
146. ACEMENT 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure The programs and comments of the A and QnA series CPU can be replaced with the Q series by Change PLC type of GX Developer 7 1 1 Program conversion procedure from ACPU to QCPU Program conversion procedure follows the order of 1 gt 2 gt 3 below 1 Reading process of conversion source data 2 Program conversion from ACPU to QCPU with Change PLC type 3 Writing process of converted data Refer to Section 7 1 2 for details of the change operation 1 Reading ACPU program 3 Writing QCPU program a Perform Read from PLC to the ACPU a Perform Write to PLC to the QCPU b Reading project data of ACPU f 2 Change PLC type oe b Storing project data of QCPU Refer to 1 a and 1 b in the Refer to 3 a and 3 b in the following diagram following diagram GX Developer ACPU QCPU Project data Project data 1 b 3 b Personal computer A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 2 1 Changing programmable controller type Change PLC type is a function that changes the target programmable controller type of the data read to GX Developer Some instructions which are not converted automatically are converted to OUT SM1255 Basic model QCPU SM999 Search for these instructions or SM1255 SM999 in the converted program and modify the program manually For intel
147. Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 31 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 31 25 32 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current consumption 590mA TYP all points ON 590mA TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 2 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 55kg 0 45kg 1 When used at next to the power supply module the maximum load current becomes the value in 2 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached Specifications 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT AY51 transistor output module 8 QY51PL transistor output module specifications comparison with AY51 QY51PL transistor output module Number of output points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC maximum load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Maximum load current 0 5A point 4A common When mounted next to the power supply module 3 3A common 0 5A point 4A common Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less No limit Short protection function Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop at ON 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A 0 2VDC
148. C 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life TOS COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replage the modulemore Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A frequently since the life is COS 0 35 200 thousand times Or more A approximately half r hore 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC DISA 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand times L R 7ms 200 thousand times or oe more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching A 3600 times hour 3600 times hour O frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Rela cece Yes Kone 2 Replace the module itself when its relay has a failure It is not applicable to use a Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common different voltage for each eight arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 A points since the QY10 has only one common Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not nee renner 150mA a 0 required 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection P 20 point 18 point terminal block m terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less Applicable solde
149. Common terminal 1A01 1A02 O 2A2 2A01 2A02 Operateniindicatan ON madication LED ON dication LED l o 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point External connection Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors The 40 pin connectors ars sold i O separately Purchase them method Solder Option separately Sye 2 0 3mm Applicable WIE Ske O amm For A6CON1 or A6CON4 2 The 40 pin connectors are sold Accessory Two external wiring connectors x separately Purchase them separately 12 24VDC 12 29VDE Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Biama Velge 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 ta 28 8VDC A applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 Say Current AOMA 20mA at 24VDC common O 24VDC TYP common Current consumption 0 34A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON O e GE 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 22 Specifications comparison between AY42 S1 and QY42P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility
150. Configure with external switches Other functions 3 x allows the input on off without an and input modules external switch Cc i vae 0 07A 2 A consumption External 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 3kg 0 07kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 3 Precautions for I O Module Replacement 1 Wiring a Size of wire and crimping terminal b The module and terminal block of the Q series are smaller than the A series therefore the applicable size of wire and crimping terminal for terminal blocks differ between the two series For this reason use the wire and crimping terminal compatible with the specifications of the Q series I O module when replacing with the Q series The upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing wiring Connection change for power supply and common terminals is required Also the conversion adapter fixing plate is necessary when using the conversion adapter As the Q series is a smaller model wiring space on terminal blocks is narrower Pay much attention in wiring Change from terminal block to connecter The 32 point I O modules of the A series uses terminal blocks while that of Q series uses connecters When using a 32 point I O module of the Q series shift to the wiring usi
151. D A Wiring space is narrow inch inch Weight 0 70kg 0 20kg O sa Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QH42P 2 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 N ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 3 Modify the output number used in the program Review the programs 3 108 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 2 Specifications comparison between AH42 and QX41Y41P 3 109 Specifications O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible QX41Y41P Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Input format Sink type Positive common type O 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A 12VDC cannot be used Rated input current pan ja eae Approx 4mA A Rated input current is smaller 1 z Al a 60 simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart z ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC cannot be used OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC cannot be used D Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance is
152. DC en A Reduced Maximum number of g 9 o 60 Simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart O a simultaneous input points 5 ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 3 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased l a g g e Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less 24VDC A O input response time of CPU parameter setting Pe roa parameters Response initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 oe oe ma Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less 24VDC r O input response time of CPU parameter setting nS initial setting is 10ms R j Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement Common terminal 1B1 1B2 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points Oo Output number Y O differs 3 Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output type Sink type Sink type O Volt 28 8VDC is not Rated load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A AgS Net pe applicable Maximum load current 0 1A 1 point 1A common 0 1A 1 point 2A common O Max inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O i Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VDC 0 1A z Maximum voltage drop at 1 aoe 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o e f ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A a OFF to ON 2
153. DFRO DFRO o 2 word data read from the intelligent special function module gt DFROP DFROP o Interrupt disable instruction DI DI O Refresh disable DI DI O DINC DINC O 32 bit BIN data increment DINCP DINCP O F F DIS DIS O 4 bit groupings of 16 bit data DISP DISP O DMOV DMOV Oo 32 bit data transfer DMOVP DMOVP O F DOR DOR O Logical sums of 32 bit data DORP DORP O DRCL DRCL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 32 bit data DRCLP DRCLP O Section 7 7 8 h p DRCR DRCR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 32 bit data DRCRP DRCRP O Section 7 7 8 DROL DROL Oo Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 32 bit data DROLP DROLP O Section 7 7 8 DROR DROR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 32 bit data DRORP DRORP O Section 7 7 8 4 Note that the buffer memory address between Q series and A series may differ A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion DSFL DSFL O 1 word shift to left of n word data DSFLP DSFLP O f DSFR DSFR O 1 word shift to right of n word data DSFRP DSFRP O 7 DSUM DSUM Q Section 7 7 8 32 bit data checks DSUMP DSUMP O Section 7 7 8 DTO DTO o 2 word data
154. Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 0095ys 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 60 4 I O points 1024 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 1024 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 30k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 96k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 14 A3ACPU 4 I O points 2048 points gt 2048 points A3ACPUP21 et 5 W O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points A3AC
155. E 13JU42 3 GX Simulator Version 6 Operating Manual SH 080169 13JU17 4 Type SW4IVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual IB 66855 13JL62 App 16 Appendix 3 5 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd No Catalog name Catalog Number 1 Mitsubishi Programmable Controller Upgrade Tool SAN C033E 04Z Appendix 3 6 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd No Data catalog Number Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Transition from MELSEC A0J2 H series to renewal system 1 f X903071003 using renewal tool 2 Replace A0J2 H system with Q series using existing wiring X900707 115 3 Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Interface module User s manual X903071001 4 Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Fixed stand Base adaptor Replacement manual X903071002 App 17 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenanc
156. ERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Section 7 6 3 7 6 4 Partial correction Section 1 1 1 1 2 Chapter 2 whole Section 3 2 whole 4 1 4 2 5 1 5 2 whole 5 4 5 5 5 2 5 6 1 5 6 3 5 6 5 Chapter 7 Section 7 1 2 7 1 4 7 2 whole 7 3 whole 7 4 whole 7 5 whole 7 6 2 7 6 3 7 7 1 7 7 4 7 7 6 7 7 10 7 7 11 7 7 12 Appendix 3 3 Partial deletion Section 7 4 3 7 5 3 Japanese Handbook Version L 08042 J This handbook confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this handbook 2005 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION A 11 CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS f ict cterecteescaieaccterstetscicie AEN N areola sheet oes A 1 CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT serroginisnnniianiiii aaia AAA AAAA RAA AA A 9 REVISIONS soi EEE AAKER EEA AEE A A AEA RAEE A 10 CONTENTS aeriana E E E G T E T OR A 12 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ccccccccccseeeceeeescneeeeeecseeeeceecaeeeeeseaeeeeesesaeeeeeeeseeeeeeenteeeeeseaes A 17 CHAPTER1 INTRODUCTION 1 1to1 15 1 1 Considerations before Selection of Alternative Models for Replacement ccceeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 1 1 1 2 Suggestions for Transition from the A QnA Large Type Series to the Q Serie
157. F x O O SP A1SJ71UC24 R4 oO O O SP S LINK master module A1SJ71SL92N O SP AS i master module A1SJ71AS92 O SP PC fault detection module A1SS91 O sp Memory card interface module A1SD59J S2 O SP ID interface module ASTOS 9 SF A1SD35ID2 O SP A1SJ71UC24 R2 S2 O SP MODBUS module A1SJ71UC24 R4 S2 SP Profibus DP interface module AISI Ee SP A1SJ71PB93D O SP Profibus FMS interface module A1SJ71PB96F O SP DeviceNet master module A1SJ71DN91 O SP Mounting to the A1ADP column O Mountable x Not mountable Out of the target Applicable adapter column XY A1ADP XY SP A1ADP SP 4 Note that the types of I O assignment module and A A1S module conversion adapter differ 2 When the A1ADP SP with the A1S62LS mounted is used available sensor absocoder models differ For available models refer to the Type A1S62LS User s Manual 3 The A1SJ71PT32 S3 was discontinued on September 2008 4 The adapter is mountable only when the multidrop link function is used 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 5 3 1 2 3 4 5 19 Precautions for using A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP This section explains precautions for using the A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP The number of mountable modules per base unit Up to three modules can be mounted to one base unit Use modules within the allowable number 5VDC internal current consumption When replacing the A large type series module by
158. F46 15 QnACPU Programming Manual Special Function Module SH 4013 13JF56 16 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual Common Instructions SH 080039 13JF58 17 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 18 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 19 QA65B QA68B Extension Base Unit User s Manual IB 0800158 13JR26 20 A A1S Module Conversion Adapter User s Manual IB 0800352 13JQ00 21 QA6ADP QA Conversion Adapter Module User s Manual IB 0800402 13JY50 22 I O module type Building block User s Manual IB 66140 13 643 23 A D converter module type A68AD User s Manual IB 66054 13J607 24 A D converter module type AG8AD S2 User s Manual IB 66213 13J647 25 Analog Digital Converter Module type A68ADN User s Manual IB 66307 13J668 26 Analog Digital Converter Module type A616AD User s Manual IB 66171 13J645 27 D A converter module type A62DA User s Manual IB 66053 13J608 28 D A converter module type A62DA S1 User s Manual IB 66177 13J648 29 Digital Analog Converter Module type AG8DAV DAI S1 User s Manual IB 66285 13J667 30 Digital Analog Converter Module type A616DAV User s Manual IB 66172 13J650 31 Digital Analog Converter Module type A616DAI User s Manual IB 66173 13J651 32 Pt100 input module type AG8RD3 4 User s Manual IB 66308 13J670 33 Type AG8RD3N 4N A1S62RD3N 4N Pt100 Input Module User s Manual SH 080193 13JR46 34 Temperature Digital Converter Module type A616TD User s Manu
159. GCON1 or A6CONA Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 A terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions m ae D m i W 90 D um A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 15kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 2 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 ON ratio 70 60 50 40 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 3 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 32 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 9 Specifications comparison between AX40 and QX40 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Onbsainenvetcas mance 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 Pith Me ea Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 TENDE sie hor applicable Mex nur eee of 100 8 points common 100
160. INDA BINDA O Conversion from BIN 16 bit to hexadecimal ASCII BINHA BINHA O Block move between extension file registers BMOVR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Forced end of FOR to NEXT instruction loop BREAK BREAK O BCD type SIN operations BSIN BSIN O BCD 4 digit square roots BSQR BSQR O BCD type TAN operations BTAN BTAN O Data linking in byte units BTOW BTOW Q Block exchange between extension file registers BXCHR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 CC1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Consecutive display of the same character CC2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 CCDSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Changing the character color CCDSPV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Special format failure checks CHK OUT SM1255 O Section 7 2 3 3 4 Changing check format of CHK instruction CHKEND OUT SM1255 e Section 7 2 3 4 Displaying numerals CINO to CIN9 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying letters of the alphabet CINA to CINZ OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing display of designated area CINCLR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying hyphen CINHP OUT SM1255 x Displaying minus CINMP OUT SM1255 x Displaying period decimal point CINPT OUT SM1255 x Displaying spaces CINSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing the display area CLS OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing the VRAM area CLV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting the display mode CMODE OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Transferring canvas data to the VRAM area CM
161. Incompatible Cc t Specification QX81 S2 ipa Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 32 points A use me Qx81 S2s when using 33 points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current has Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 9 decreased SOIR TO Re tee 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 er e Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 By 12VDC arenotapplicable 40point Maximum number of pan Use within the range shown in i F When located next to the power Refer to the derating chart 3 O i simultaneous input points the derating figure supply module 26points 9 5VDC ON voltage ON current we 15VDC or more 3mA or more 12VDC are not applicable 1 2 6mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 3 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms me ae mete us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting a EA parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms mS ee oe me Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parame
162. Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common X two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection a 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm 2 core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved eae sininale 2 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg O 1 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 External dimensions Wiring space is narrow 3 35 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 12 Specifications comparison between AX40 UL and QX70 Specification AX40 UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O
163. Initial setting is 10ms paramere Common enninal 32 points common 32 points common Seat Common terminal 1 17 1 18 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 O g 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication A i Icanion i i F im ication O 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch External ecti 37 pin D sub ti F eee poe ar 40 pin connector x 2 Option x Connector change is required eons 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm O Me dii For A6CON1 or A6CON4 he The 40 pin connectors are sold Accesso Tow extemal wiring x separately Purchase them Y D sub connectors 7 7 separately Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 090A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions Hx W 0 Se H x W 90 40 a 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 18kg O 4 Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX82 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 ON ratio 80 AK common 70 60 50 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 24VDC 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 5055 C 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 41 Specifications comparison between AX82 and QX81 S2 O Compatible A Partial change required x
164. Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated input current A 4mA A 10mA i 1 Input curren Pprox 4mMA Approx 10m 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiinavoltaae rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 sg iain aa pn tes Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DG Bre HOt applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum ber of 100 8 points eae ek os dak points common 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 pees ee uu Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting XA an parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 agen eee ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting Pn occ parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 E wiring with a different voltage for each
165. J Q00 Q01CPU Replace or delete instructions that has been converted to the OUT SM1255 OUT SM999 QCPU QnACPU AnACPU AnUCPU Command LEDA B Command LEDC SUB Po seers ror h S D n indicate the data used in instructions Dedicated instruction with changed instruction name For the AnACPU AnUCPU some instruction names are the same as the basic instructions application instructions Those names have been changed for the QCPU QnACPU Function QCPU QnACPU AnACPU AnUCPU Floating decimal point addition E ADD Floating decimal point subtraction E SUB Floating decimal point multiplication E MUL Floating decimal point division E DIV Data dissociation NDIS DIS Data linking NUNI UNI Check pattern updates CHKCIR CHKEND CHK CHKEND A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 10 Setting method when multiple sequence programs are created For the ACPU some programs include main program and subprogram and main programs have SFC programs When replacing those programs with the QCPU they are separated into different programs For the separated programs in the QCPU the Program setting of the parameter setting is required This section provides precautions after replacement of program settings etc 1 Program files at replacement a When the main program and subprogram are operated as one program in CPU Register in the order of MAIN SUB1 SUB2 in the Program setting of the PLC parameter of GX Developer and
166. JCPU QOOUCPU and QO01UCPU 2 High Performance model is the generic term for the QO2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 4 Only A2CCPUC24 PRF is applicable A2CJCPU S3 and A2ZCCPU P21 R21 are not 5 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 6 The A1NCPU P21 R21 is not applicable 7 The QOOUJCPU does not support the sampling trace function 2 19 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 2 Functional comparisons between AnACPU AnUCPU and Q series CPU O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Universal Reference Function Contents Precaution for replacement section AnACPU AnUCPU modelQCPU Performance 4 Executes the sequence program at constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Set this function with the special register D9020 for A series and with parameters for Q series Constant scan Holds the data of devices in the event of power OFF resetting Latch power and a momentary power failure backup longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Executes the remote RUN REDS STOP using external switches O O 0 O T i STOP and peripheral devices Set the PAUSE enable flag with the AUSE Stops operations while holding 5 0 A A special relay M9040 for A series Section the output status and with the special relay SM206 7 4 1 for Q
167. LED D N 7A fast blow fuse 1 fuse common AS Fuse Installing a fuse to an external cable x type HP 70K is recommended Yes Fuses are not built in 2 er LED is turned ON when fuse is Fuse blow indicator i blown Signal is output to a programmable controller CPU 20 point External connection A pan 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals s terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 305A TYP all points ON 0 25A Max all points ON amans 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 112 3 D mm Wiri 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 4 42 D inch ce Weight 0 71kg 0 40kg O 4 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 2 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deterioration upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 14 Specifications comparison between AY23 and QY22 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY22s when using 17
168. LED O Fuse 8A MF51NM8 or FGMA250V8A None x Fuses are not built in 2 Fuse blow indicator None O External 24VDC 10 a Voltage Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less O ernal power supply is not supply Current 150mA 24VDC TYP all points ON oe External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block 7 method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Win iring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved Heak ferminal x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON An S eviSw current capacity since current consumption is increased A F 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ae External dimensions g 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Miring epee lean et Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg O 1 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 7 Specifications comparison between AY11EEU and QY10 Specification AY11EEU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output
169. M Comment RAM Comment File register Initial device value Initial device value Drive 0 Drive 0 Program Standard File register Parameter RAM Local device 12 Sampling trace Drive 3 Standard Program anqar ROM Parameter Replaceable with a Comment standard ROM in the Initial device value ROM operation Drive 4 1 The QOOJCPU does not have the standard RAM Program Parameter Program Parameter 2 There are files that cannot be used in Memory card Comment Memory card AT Comment the Basic model QCPU RAM re eae RAM oe e Basic model Q 3 4 Initial device value Initial device value 3 Only one drive drive 1 or drive 2 File register File register can be used Drive 1 Local device Drive 1 Local device 4 The Basic model QCPU does not Error history Error history have a memory card Program Parameter Comment M h Program Parameter Initial device value emory card A Comment ROM ee i 3x4 File register Initial device value File register Memory card ROM Drive 2 Drive 2 Only one drive drive 1 or drive 2 can be used Memory card ROM Program Parameter can be replaced with ne card B Comment the standard ROM or Initial device value a memory card ROM File register in the ROM operation Drive 3 Local device Error history Memory card B ROM Program Pa
170. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals HHS U7 EE Na a es a E leil ENAN aa miis SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using products introduced in this publication please read relevant manuals and replacement handbooks carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly In this publication the safety precautions are classified into two levels UN WARNING and UN CAUTION A WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury A Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions CAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under A CAUTION may lead to es serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this publication and keep it in a safe place for future reference Design Precautions N WARNING Configure safety circuits external to the programmable controller to ensure that the entire system operates safely even when a fault occurs in the external power supply or the programmable controller Failure to
171. MODULE REPLACEMENTS 5 Specifications comparison between A61PEU and Q61P 4 6 Specification A61PEU 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 100 240VAC 10 15 Compat editing Precautions for replacement The Q61P is wide range type Input l Oo Le Labeler da 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC applicable to 100 to 240VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less O Max input apparent 130VA 130VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Check the current consumption of Rated output 5VDC 8A 6A A P entire system current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 8A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O LED indicati Power indicator Power LED display 5VDC N O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 0 75 to 2mm 0 Applicabl Iderl Mec eget RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change is required terminal Applicable tighteni Tight ithin th licabl pplicable tightening 98 to 137N cm 66 to 89N cm y lig en within the applicable torque tightening torque 250 H x 55 W x 121 D 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D External dimensions H x SSW D es ce ND ee 9 84
172. Max 32M Max 32M Max 32M Max 32M Max 8K Max 8K Max 14K Max 28K Max 28K Max 60K Max 124K The AnA AnU QnA and Q series do not include k x x A X microcomputer program i Therefore consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution 256 1024 1024 4096 4096 4096 4096 2 15 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable g A QnA series Function Contents A2CCPU AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU Input device X points A 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 8192 8192 Output device Y points 4 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 8192 8192 Internal relay M points 8192 Latch relay L points Total 2048 Total 2048 Total 8192 Total 8192 8192 Step relay S points 8192 2 Annunciator F points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Edge relay V points x x x x 2048 Link relay B points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 Timer T points 256 256 2048 2048 2048 Counter C points 256 256 1024 1024 1024 Data register D points 1024 1024 6144 8192 12288 Link register W points 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 R points 4096 8192 8192 8192 32768 File register R ZR points x x x x Max 1018k No of device points Accumulator A points 2 2 2 2 x Z points 1 1 7 7 16 Index register V points 1 1 7 7 x Nesting N points 8 8 8 8 1
173. Maximum switching 250VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or O 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A frequently since the life is COS 0 35 200 thousand times AMOS A approximately half mre 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand times L R 7ms 200 thousand times or Or more r 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching i g 3600 times hour 3600 times hour O frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 As the common changes from two Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common commons to one common wiring arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication
174. N 60 20 points simultaneously ON at 264VAC 55 C 100 32 points simultaneously ON at 264VAC 45 C Inrush current Max 600mA Within 0 12ms at 264VAC Max 600mA Within 0 12ms at 264VAC ON voltage ON current 160VAC or more 5 5mA or more 160VAC or more 5 5mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 7OVAC or less 3 5mA or less 7OVAC or less 3 5mA or less Input impedance Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 24kQ 50Hz Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 27kQ 50Hz OFF to ON 15ms or less 15ms or less R ti esponse time ON to OFF 25ms or less 25ms or less Dielectric withstand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1500VAC for 1 minute Common terminal arrangement 32 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 32 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current consumption 110mA TYP all points ON 75mA TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 134 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48
175. NCPUR21 S1 A3NCPUR21 A2ACPUR21 A2ACPUR21 S1 A3ACPUR21 A2CCPUR21 A1NCPUP21 S3 A2NCPUP21 S3 A2NCPUP21 S4 A3NCPUP21 S3 QJ71LP21G A2ACPUP21 S3 A2ACPUP21 S4 A3ACPUP21 S3 Select a CPU module depending on the control Mounting the A QnA series CPU module with the link function on a base unit gt targets of the A QJ71BR11 Mounting a link module on a base unit 1 slot is required and 32 points are occupied series CPU Coaxial loop Coaxial bus module Mounting the A QnA series CPU module with the link function on a base unit gt Mounting a link module on a base unit 1 slot is required and 32 points are occupied 2 9 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 2 CPU Module Specifications Comparisons 1 Specifications comparisons between the A QnA series CPU and the Universal model QCPU Function O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable A QnA series Contents A2CCPU AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU Repetitive operation of stored Control method O O O O O program I O control method Refresh mode Direct mode oO o o 2 long Oo Language dedicated to sequence control B O O O O O ea E ES RES Relay symbol Logic symbol MELSAP language Processing speed Sequence instruction us step 1 25 1 0 0 15 0 15 0 075 Watchdog timer WDT Watchdog timer WDT ms 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 200 200 10 to 2000 r 32k Max 448k Max 768k Max 1024k Max 2036k x 2 Use
176. NG I O MODULES 40 Specifications comparison between AX82 and QX82 3 65 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Onesinaivateae range 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 cous ima ge Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 TENDE Are horepplebie 40point Maximum number of aa i Use within the range shown in 4 When located next to the power Refer to the derating chart 3 A at simultaneous input points the derating figure supply module 26points 9 5VDC x ON voltage ON current PERS 19VDC or more 3mA or more 12VDC are not applicable 1 2 6mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 m aa ma Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less 3 O input response time of CPU parameter setting a Do parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ae pene E Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input in time of
177. NSION CABLE REPLACEMENT Remarks cece 1 Normal operations of the A series AC input module cannot be guaranteed if there is no base unit on which the A series power supply module is mounted Use the A series AC input module in either of the following configurations Mount the A series AC input module on the A5LUB to which the QAG6ADP is attached or connect the QA6LB or A6LB to which the QA6ADP is attached as another extension base unit 2 The extension base unit for large sized A series with QA conversion adapter mounted and QA1S extension base unit cannot be used together When connecting the extension base unit with QA conversion adapter mounted QA1S extension base unit cannot be connected 3 When the QA6LB is connected to a Q series extension base unit the QA6GOB and QA1SLUB are used together or the QA1S51B is used a GOT cannot be bus connected However when only the QA1S6LB is connected a GOT can be bus connected e eeeveeveevvneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 8 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 5 System equipment list 1 QA 1S extension base unit The following table lists configurable devices that can be used with the QA1S51B or QA1S60B 5 9 extension base unit Product Model Remarks Power supply module A1S61PN A1S62PN A1S63P A1SX10 A1SX10EU A1SX20 A1SX20EuU A1SX30 A1SX40 A1SX40 S
178. O For A6CON1 or A6CON4 ei The 40 pin connectors are sold Two external wiring Accessory x separately Purchase them connectors separately Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dim o EE CE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 18kg O a Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX42 S1 The following shows the derating chart 2 10 90 ON ratio 80 common 70 60 50 N 40 30 20 24VDC 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 5055 C 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 24 Specifications comparison between AX50 S1 and QX50 ON ratio Specification Number of input points AX50 S1 16 points O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 16 points Compat eying Precautions for replacement Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 48VDC 48VDC 48VAC O Rated input current 4mA Approx 4mA O 40 8 to 57 6VDC 40 8 to 52 8VAC Operating voltage range 38 4 t0 ete ye ine ratio eas ratio x fo oi aiita TD Ripple ratio within 5 within 5 within 5 Maximum number of 100 8 points common 9 x Use it withi
179. OV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting normal display for characters CNOR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying the cursor COFF OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Designating the character display color COLOR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Reading device comment data COMRD COMRD O 3 CON1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying the cursor CON2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 COS operations on floating decimal point data COS COS O Displaying a canvas screen CPS1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Changing the VRAM display address CPS2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 A CR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Consecutive display of the same character CR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Switching between normal and highlighted display for CRDSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 characters CRDSPV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting highlighted display for characters CREV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 T 18 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion l CSCRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Scrolling the screen i CSCRU OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Conversion from de
180. Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection eu 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON i 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ne External dim o Wi 3 TER 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MNG SPASS SMAO Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg O 1 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX80 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 28 Specifications comparison between AX80 and QX70 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated input current 4mA 10mA i 1 Input curren m m 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiina voltaae rane 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ra
181. P switch on the AnNCPU enables to switch between refresh mode and direct mode Usable data format for instructions O Usable A Conditional usable Unusable Setting data QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Bit device O O O O pitosta Word device Bit designation required o O O O Wadd Bit device Digit designation required Digit designation Digit designation Digit designation required required required Word device O O O O 5 O O O aera at Bit device Digit designation required Digit designation Digit designation Digit designation required required required Word device O O O O Real number data o a a Character string data ox A a 1 Applicable to the first five digits of serial number QOODJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU of 04122 or later 2 For the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU it can be used with the MOV instruction 3 The AnA AnU dedicated instruction can be used A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 4 Timer Function Low speed timer Measurem ent unit QCPU QnACPU 100ms Default Changeable in the range of 1 to 1000ms Parameter QnACPU 10 to 1000ms AnucPU AnACPU AnNCPU e Fixed to 100ms Specifying a 00 K100 method To 4 TO 10ms Default M Ch ble in th f 0 1 to 100 Sasurem angeable in the range o o ms Eivedie atoms ent unit parameter QnACPU 1 to 100ms High speed timer Specifying the Specifying
182. P to RUN Sets the output Y status at the change from STOP to RUN to re outputting data before STOP or outputting data after the operation execution Resetting parameters is required to replace the QnA series with the Q series 4 Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 High performance model is the generic term for the Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 22 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Function Contents O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable QnA series Universal QnACPU model QCPU Performance 4 Precaution for replacement Reference section For the Q seri COM instructi Number of Sets the number of general data saree cela D i PEN eneral data rocessing executed in one END O A or et the comrnunication reserved g ame A time with special register SD315 if p processing operation necessary Q ACPUi ti lock which La o Maa S A man The Q series uses 4 digit year of the be read written The clock data consists Clock function O A A western calendar while the QnA series of year month day hour minute ies the lower bidalt year second and a day of the week gh yeei a F i For the Q series it is necessary to set A Write during Changes writes to the program of a 3 3 3 ih reseved capacity for the write Section R
183. PRECAUTIONS Section 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 3 2 1 to 3 2 4 4 1 5 4 7 2 3 7 7 1 7 7 7 to 7 7 11 7 7 8 to 7 7 12 8 1 8 3 Appendix 3 2 L NA 08043ENG E Addition of modules to be replaced Q series large type blank cover Q series large type I O module Q series large type base unit Section 1 1 2 3 3 2 3 2 5 6 Appendix 3 1 1 Appendix 3 1 3 Appendix 3 6 Partial correction Term revision whole Section 1 1 2 2 4 4 2 4 5 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 5 3 1 5 4 4 5 4 6 5 4 7 5 5 3 7 2 1 7 2 2 Appendix 3 1 Appendix 3 2 Appendix 3 3 Mar 2011 L NA 08043ENG F A 10 Addition of modules to be replaced QX41 S2 QX81 S2 QX21L QY11AL Change of modules to be replaced Q61P A1 A2 Q61P Addition CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT Upgrade tool conversion adapter for analog module and high speed counter module Section 1 1 1 1 2 4 point 7 6 3 7 7 7 point Partial correction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Section 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 2 4 1 2 4 4 2 4 5 Chapter 3 whole Chapter 4 whole Section 5 1 5 2 whole 5 4 2 5 4 4 5 4 5 5 5 whole 5 6 whole 7 1 whole 7 2 whole 7 3 whole 7 4 7 4 2 7 5 7 5 2 7 6 2 7 7 1 7 7 3 7 7 9 Appendix 3 1 WARRANTY Print Date Handbook Number Revision Mar 2012 L NA 08043ENG G Addition of modules to be replaced Universal model QCPU QY51PL Addition GEN
184. PUR21 1 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps A3ACPUP21 S3 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 1 W O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 384k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately QO02CPU QO03UDCPU CPU module QO6HCPU QO6UDHCPU 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Product Model A2UCPU QO02CPU Q01UCPU QO2UCPU Q series alternative models Remarks restrictions 1 O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 079us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 14k steps gt 28k steps
185. Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY50s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC X Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 5A point 4A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 5A point 4A common O supply module 3 3A common Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A o ON 1 5VDC Max 0 5A 0 3VDC Max 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less O RE PONE PRE 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load Rated load resistive load O Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode O Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common o arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal TB18 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 6 7A Unchangeable puse None Fuse ce ane M Q Yes Fuse blow indicator 2 Onen Tuse Rowa PED o indicates it and signal is output to CPU External connection Sepoint 18 point terminal block ania terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside d
186. Q B SE Mik d ls rt 1 e a 16 4 oQ 0 65 g 10 80 3 15 0 39 100 3 94 Unit mm inch 2 QA1S65B 4 mounting screws M5x25 e af fE a jE a ji oi ott H za I y oe GE i ta t i i x 2al xX mM POWER moo 01 moz o3 104 A QA1S65B 3 m y aA 16 4 0 65 0 65 1512 2 02 _10 130 5 12 10 0 39 295 0 3 11 6140 01 315 12 40 Unit mm inch 5 12 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 3 QA1S68B 4 mounting screws M5x25 400 0 3 15 75 0 01 16 4 0 65 Le 2 02 420 16 54 1 Unit mm inch 4 QA65B 2 x 6 M4 screw 4 6 mounting hole For module mounting M5 mounting screw A Base cover w WM Mm Handle _ Ro g
187. QCPU QCPU model QCPU Q03UD Q04UDH QO6UDH Q10UD Q13UD Max 320 blocks Q00J Q00 Q01 Max 128 blocks Q02 H Q06H Q12H Max 320 blocks Number of SFC steps max 512 steps max 128 steps max 512 steps max 128 steps max 512 steps block block block block block Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Number of SFC steps block block block block block Step transition watchdog timer Provided Provided Ri ley g 7 Not provided Not provided Not provided in function 10 timers 10 timers Act at block multi Not ided Not ided Not ided cia block multi Provided l ot provide ot provide ot provide Began activated Fixed to WAIT Fixed to WAIT Fixed to WAIT SFC greraton moge for F transition to active z operation Not provided Fixed Not provided Fixed Not provided Fixed step Provided Provided mode to TRANSFER to TRANSFER to TRANSFER F at step double setting START Fixed scan execution F F Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided block setting Forced transition check instruction LD TRn Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided LD BLm TRn Active step change instruction SFC SCHG D Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided Canro Transition control instruction instruction SETRA SET BLm TRn i a Provided Not provided Not pro
188. QnA series CPU SM1000 to SM1255 and SD1000 to SD1255 are replaced with those for the Q series CPU Note when programs for the QnA series CPU are replaced with those for the Basic model QCPU by Change PLC type the devices for the QnA series CPU may be replaced with SM999 and SD999 as an unsupported device A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 5 Special Register Replacement 7 5 1 7 5 2 A special register is an internal register that has a set application in a programmable controller This section explains how to replace special registers when replacing the ACPU programs with QCPU programs For details of each special register and their operation in A QnACPU and QCPU refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special register from the one for the ACPU With Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the ACPU special register D9000 and after with the QCPU special register SD Refer to Section 7 1 2 Ex Point Some ACPU special registers are not compatible with the QCPU Those special registers not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special registers SD1255 1 when changing programmable controller type Search the dummy special registers SD1255 and correct the programs as required For the Basic model QCPUs converted to the SD999 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU Basically sp
189. R A60MXT Interrupt module Al61 Al61 S1 3 AD70 AD70D AD71 AD71S1 AD7182 AD71S7 AD72 AD778M Positioning module AD75P1 83 AD75P2 S3 AD75P3 S3 4 AD75M1 AD75M2 AD75M3 at Eee nc ee AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 4 Intelligent communication module AD51 S3 AD51H S3 2 Position detection module A61LS A62LS S5 A63LS PC fault detection module AS91 Memory card interface module AD59 AD59 S1 aces linear scale interface AG4BTL AJ711D1 R4 AJ711ID2 R4 2 ID interface module AD32ID1 AD32ID2 MELSEC I OLINK module AJ51T64 B NET interface module AJ71B62 S3 External failure diagnostics module AD51FD S3 Voice output module A11VC Vision sensor module AS50VS AS50VS GN Blanking module AG60 Dummy module AG62 A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP XY A1ADP SP 4 4 The dedicated instructions in QnA A series program are not applicable to the QCPU program Replace them with the FROM TO instructions 2 When the QA1S51B and QA1S6LB are used up to six modules having the same product name can be mounted to the QA1S51B and QA1S6LB 3 Only one interrupt module any of QI60 A1SI61 Al61 and Al61 S1 can be used 4 For mountable modules refer to Section 5 5 2 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 6 I O address for the QA 1S extension base unit and QA conversion adapter This section explains I O address I O assignment when using the QA 1S extension base unit and QA conversion adapter 1 Concept of I O address when u
190. REPLACING I O MODULES 8 Specifications comparison between AY11 UL and QY10 3 75 Specification AY11 UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulati thod is diff t but Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Suapan me i Si Sron ae the performance is equivalent Rated hinode 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point g g 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maxi itchi Pan SME ng 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load K 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COS 0 7 300 th d ti 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A ee ahi COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS8 0 35 100 th dti Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A 6054 0 35 ee frequently since the life is COS 0 35 200 thousand times AMOS A approximately half
191. Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion A 5 ROL ROL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 16 bit data ROLP ROLP O Section 7 7 8 ROR ROR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 16 bit data RORP RORP O Section 7 7 8 Bit device reset RST RST O Remote I O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Pointer branch instruction SCJ SCJ O 7 segment decode SEG SEG O Partial refresh SEG SEG x SER SER O Section 7 7 8 16 bit data search SERP SERP O Section 7 7 8 Bit device set SET SET O SFL SFL O 16 bit data n bit left shift SFLP SFLP O fins SFR SFR Oo 16 bit data n bit right shift SFRP SFRP oO S SFT SFT O Bit device shift SFTP SFTP O SLT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Setting and resetting status latch SLTR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Carry flag set STC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Sequence program stop STOP STOP O 3 F STRA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Setting and resetting sampling trace STRAR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 f SUM SUM O 16 bit data checks SUMP SUMP O SUB OUT SM1255 x Microcomputer program SUBP OUT SM1255 x 1 word data write to the intelligent TO TO QO special function module TOP TOP o TEN y UNI UNI O 4 bit linking of 16 bit data UNIP UNIP O A WAND WAND O Logical products with 16 bit data WANDP WANDP O WDT WDT O WDT reset WDTP WDTP O
192. Review current capacity when ing two QY68As si t Current consumption 0 19A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON A using iwo QYGBAS since curren consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ee External dimensio Wi 3 e EE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ne Shee STANN Weight 0 42kg 0 14kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 18 Specifications comparison between AY41 and QY41P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O ting load volt Reviewi l it perating load voltage 40 2 to 40VDC 40 2 to 28 8VDC A eviewing power supply capacity range is required F 0 1A point 0 1A point Pay attention to the common Maximum load current A 1 6A common 2A common current Maximum inrush current 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop at 1 75VDC 5mA 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON Response time ON to OFF 1 7VDC 1mA 2ms or less 2ms or less Resistive load 0 2VDC Max 0 1A 1ms or less 1ms or less Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode C
193. T 15 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion 5 F LEDA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Character display instruction z LEDB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Comment display instruction LEDC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Annunciator reset instruction LEDR LEDR O Local station data read LRDP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Local station data write LWTP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 MC MC O Master control set reset MCR MCR O F MOV MOV O 16 bit data transfer MOVP MOVP Oo Operation result pop MPP MPP Oo Operation result push MPS MPS O Operation result read MRD MRD O NEG NEG O BIN 16 bit data 2 s complement NEGP NEGP O FOR to NEXT instruction NEXT NEXT O f NOP NOP Oo No operation NOP NOPLF NOPLF NOPLF O Parallel connection OR OR O OR lt OR lt Oo OR lt OR lt O 3 OR lt gt OR lt gt O BIN 16 bit data comparison OR OR O OR gt OR gt O OR gt OR gt O Ladder block parallel connection ORB ORB O ORD lt ORD lt Oo ORD lt ORD lt O f l ORD lt gt ORD lt gt O BIN 32 bit data comparison ORD ORD O ORD gt ORD gt O ORD gt ORD gt oO Parallel conne
194. TYP 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 0 5ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistance load ims or less Resistance load Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode Common terminal arrangement 16 points common Common terminal TB18 TB36 16 points common Common terminal TB18 TB36 Protection function None Yes overheat protection function overload protection function e Overheat protection function is activated in increments of 1 point e Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage External 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC l 50mA 8mA power supply Sien m m TYP 24VDC 1 common TYP 24VDC 1 common 5VDC internal current consumption 230mA TYP all points On 100mA TYP all points On External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch W
195. The SFC is dealt as the microcomputer program of main program for replacement Specification e Each program is dealt as one file Measure e Execute the file setting of PLC parameter ibility Section 7 7 10 Microcomputer program Instruction A user created microcomputer program and the microcomputer program of the utility package are available e Dedicated instructions for the ACPU LED instruction etc are available Specification e Creating microcomputer program is not applicable Measure e Replacing the ACPU user created microcomputer program with sequence program since the microcomputer program execution is not applicable e For utility packages instructions correct them equivalent to the corresponding instructions of the QCPU Specification e With Change PLC type instructions are converted automatically except some instructions Measure e Correct a program since some instructions are converted to SM1255 and SD1255 Basic model QCPU SM999 and SD999 Section 7 2 File register Storage area is reserved ina memory cassette One block is set in 8 k points unit Specification e Data is stored in a standard RAM or memory card e One block is set in 32k points unit Measure e Execute the file setting of PLC parameter Section 7 7 11 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT ACPU specification O Compatible A Partial change required
196. U QnACPU 3 The format of instructions that use the accumulator for the ANNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU is changed for the Q QnACPU 4 For the QOOJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU they can be used with the MOV instruction 5 The QOOJCPU does not have file registers 6 Applicable to the first five digits of serial number QOQODJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU of 04122 or later 7 Each 5 points of FXO to FX4 and FYO to FY4 can be used on the programs 8 The number of points that can be used on the programs 9 The number of accessible points to actual I O modules 10 The total number of points of the file register extended data register and extended link register are set in the parameter for the Universal model QCPU 11 The QOOUJCPU does not have a corresponding device Point The list of applicable devices does not list all devices and constants For details refer to the user s manual for the QCPU used T 37 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 2 7 7 3 I O control method O Usable Unusable I O control method QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Refresh mode O O O O or Partial refresh instructions O O O O O Direct I O Dedicated instructions O O method Direct access input O O Direct access output O O Direct mode Oo 4 The direct output dedicated instructions include the DOUT DSET and SRST instruction and do not include the direct input dedicated instructions 2 The DI
197. UJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO02UCPU QO3UDCPU Available QO4UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q1i3UDHCPU 4 Applicable cable is the QC30R2 2 The following cables are used to check the operation KU AMB530 manufactured by SANWA SUPPLY INC USB M53 manufactured by ELECOM CO LTD MR J3USBCBL3M manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation GT09 C30USB 5P manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd b Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Available 2 USB type A to USB type miniB CPU model RS 232 connection USB connection QOOJCPU QOOCPU Q01CPU Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Available Q12PHCPU USB type A to USB type B Q25HCPU Q25PHCPU 4 Applicable cable is the QC30R2 2 The following cables are used to check the operation USB2 30 manufactured by ELECOM CO LTD AU2 30 manufactured by BUFFALO KOKUYO SUPPLY INC Refer to GX Developer Operating Manual for details Unavailable Available 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 1 List of Alternative I O Module Models 3 1 1 List of alternative Q series standard type module models A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change i
198. UN CPU in the RUN mode 2 9 Pana 2 4 3 during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card at the a The Q series does not include the Status latch eo o x x r occurrence of an error for monitoring by status latch function the peripheral device Stores the data of specified devices at Sampling trace the specified intervals for monitoring by o o o the peripheral device Collects th ti tatus of aa Dee Caer ae The Q series does not incorporate the Program trace specified programs and steps and o5 x x h g program trace function stores them in a file a Detaches I O modules or special The Q series does not have the amp Simulation modules from the CPU module and test 5 A simulation function Performing function operates the program upon the step Q debugging with GX Simulator is operation recommended i The Q series does not include the step F Stops the execution of a sequence A i Step operation r gr mat the specified ste O x x operation function Consider the debug iid i Pr with GX Simulator Execution time measurement Program list Measures the operation time for each o o o monitor scan program time measurement Module access Monitors the access interval of special o o o 6 interval reading function modules or peripheral devices Online I O Repl I O module while CPU is i eO ensties 0 meduseioberenaces A ae r en while the CPU is in RUN ae replac
199. Unchangeable Connect the fast blow fuse to the fue ee per commonin units otg Fuse blow capacity 50A amp external if necessar points MP 10 pasi y Yes Yes The QY50 d t detect fi S LED is turned ON when fuse is When fuse blows LED g9 OFS OSEN IE RS Fuse blow indicator A E A blown unless the external power blown Signal is output to a indicates it and signal is output is supniied programmable controller CPU to CPU ee 38 point External connection aah 18 point terminal block eo terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC D applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 100mA nt 20mA at 24VDC O Curre 24VDC TYP common nn Current consumption 0 31A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm as A Ext dimensio Wi TEENE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ue SPASS 1S PANOW Weight 0 55kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 28 Specifications comparison between AY51 UL and QY50 Specification AY51 UL O Compatible A
200. ae rane 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 sg iain aa pn tes Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DG Bre HOt applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum ber of 100 8 points eae pea a h 8 points common 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 2 6mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON 5 5ms TYP 70ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 5 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF 6 0ms TYP 70ms or less o Set the input response time o CPU parameter setting parameters to 5 ms Initial setting is 10ms 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms Response Set the input response time o time high OFF to ON 0 5ms or less 70ms or less A eee ie oe speed CPU parameter setting mode 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms N upper8 ON to OFF 1 0ms or less 70ms or less o 92 Mmo mpi responsa Smeg points only CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Op
201. al 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 2 Suggestions for transition to Q series 1 Replacing the CPU module with the QCPU and replacing existing modules with the Q series modules in series with utilizing the existing large sized A series module Method Replace the modules gradually by using the QA extension base unit QA6UB and utilizing the property of the large sized A series Advantage The cost and workload for the transition can be divided and yet the function extension can be continued during the transition Existing modules Replacement Replacement step 1 step 2 Q series Main base unit Large sized A series Extension base unit 1st stage Remove the existing large sized A series modules Extension base unit and mount them on the 1st stage QA extension base Large sized H A series Large sized Aseries Extension base unit 2nd and later stages Use the existing A series extension base unit and large sized A series module without change A series extension base unit QA conversion adapter a The QA extension base unit models are QA6UB for the large sized series and QA1S51B and QA1S60OB for the small sized series When replacing the AnS Q2AS small sized series the A series small sized module can be utilized The QA1S51B is not extendable Since the QA1S51B does not have an extension cable connector OUT it cannot be used with the QA6OB or QA
202. al IB 66174 13J654 35 High speed counter module type AD61 S1 User s Manual IB 66052 13J610 36 Positioning module type AD70 User s Manual IB 66309 13J663 37 Positioning Module Type AD72 User s Manual IB 66095 13J622 A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 AD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 Positioning Module 38 IB 66716 13J871 User s Manual 39 Positioning module type A1SD75M M2 M3 AD75M1 M2 M3 User s Manual IB 66715 13J870 40 Type MELSECNET MELSECNET B Data Link System Reference Manual IB 66350 13JF70 Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module Type 41 IB 66721 13J872 AJ61BT11 A1SJ61BT11 User s Manual 42 For A Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080192 13JR45 43 For QnA Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080146 13JR33 44 Computer Link Module Com link func Print func User s Manual SH 3511 13JF77 App 13 No Manual Name Serial Communications Module User s Manual Modem Function Additional Manual Number Model Code 45 SH 66612 13J825 Version 46 Intelligent Communication Module type AD51 S3 User s Manual IB 66189 13J655 47 Intelligent communication module type AD51H S3 User s Manual IB 66401 13JE16 MELSECNET MINI S3 Master Module Type AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 48 SH 66565 13JE64 A1SJ71PT32 S3 A1SJ71T32 S3 User s Manual MELSEC I O Link Remote I O System Master Module type AJ51T64 49 SH 66574 135748 A1SJ51T64 User s Manual MELSECNET MELSECNET B Local Station Data Link M
203. all Type Series Handbook L NA O8064ENG for checking the equivalent products and specifications comparison 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 Depth dimension of the AnS small type series 32 point I O connector type module After replacing the large sized 32 point terminal block module by the small sized 32 point connector type module the depth dimension may increase refer to the following figure Check the depth dimension for the installation site Comparison of the dimensions between the large sized 32 point terminal block module and the small sized 32 point connector type module A A1S module Large sized 32 point perenne 1 terminal block module I r I 1 N l I 1 1 I i 1 Depth dimension of the large sized i 32 point terminal block module s A 2 Depth dimension of the small sized 32 point connector type module 131 5 16 1 152 1 5 99 2 Unit mm inch 6 Output module with a fuse The AnS small type series output module with a fuse detects fuse blown if external power supply is not input Use special relay M9084 error check at power on with the external power supply OFF so that fuse blown may not be detected 7 Performance specifications The following table shows performance specifications of the A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP A1ADP XY A1ADP SP 5 VDC internal curre
204. ance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 3 6kQ Input resistance has increased 2 acne or Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting ae ee parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee inde fe Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting rameters Initial setting is 10ms R i A 32 points common Common terminal F 32 points common arrangement Comman terminal Common terminal B01 B02 2 e 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 T EE AE ON indication LED e enaa ation indication ON indicati LED O Operatiomindicad 32 point switch over using switch indication The 40 pin connectors are sold Fxternaliconnecton A0pin connector 40 pin connector Option O separately Purchase them method With solder x 2 p k parae separately 2 Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 Oeste AA ANG O For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions Une w x 0 ue H x Oe 30 1D Ne A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 15kg O il Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 30 20
205. and times Replace the module morg Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A snore frequently since the life is aei 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A A approximately half 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand times 2 f or more 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Surge suppressor None None gt As the common changes from two Common terminal points corimon 16 points common commons to one common wiring Common terminal TB9 TB18 A arrangement Common terminal TB17 with a different voltage for each TB27 TB36 i common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Fuse 8A MF51NM8 or FGMA250V8A None x Fuses are not built in Fuse blow indicator None 24VDC 10 External Voltage l Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not ise Gunes 290mA S o required 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection ab point 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved Riedie terminais u terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all po
206. ape Program M I Merge peripheral statement note 5j E Parameter PLC Network A Device memory SAMPLE1 SAMPLE2 SAMPLES a Drive Path System name Machine name PLC type Designates the location of data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Enter the system name and machine name of the data specified in the Drive Path Clicking the Browse button shows the dialog box for choosing the system name and machine name Double click the file to be read to specify b Source data list Displays data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Check the checkbox of data names to be selected For the selected comments the range of device comment which can be read with the Common tab or Local tab are settable c Param prog button Select all button e Param prog button Selects only the parameter data and program data of the source data e Select all button Selects all data in a source data list Comment 2 is selected for the A series and the device memories of the number of data are displayed The first data name is selected for comments and file registers in the QnA series d Cancel all selections button Cancels all the selected data PROGRAM REPLACEMENT e lt lt Common gt gt tab screen A series Set this when specifying the range for common comments and read data Import from GPPA format file Ei perun ae f lt lt Local gt gt tab screen A serie
207. art and QX42 3 111 cification A42XY input specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Number of input points 64 points 64 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O D i f8 input type ee vee Static x Set the static inputs x 8 12 24VDC 24VDC Rated input voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC O Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of 2 Use within the range shown in i 3 60 Simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart 2 A Pr 9 simultaneous input points the derating figure ON voltage ON current 7VDC or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 3VDC or more 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A a resistancelhasinoreased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 oe pe ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 16ms or less 7 O input response time of CPU parameter setting anne Boca parameters Response initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Eo Maa ns Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 16ms or less CPU parameter setting O input e time of initial setting is 10ms Pera mersis Common terminal 32 points comman arandemeni Common terminal 1B01 1B02 e 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED Ses D aes ON indication LED Operation indication Batch of 8 inputs selected by rotary A O 3 32 point
208. ast blow fuse 1 fuse common Fuse None x type HP 32 xes F t built in 1 NAA LED is turned ON when fuse is AETS a Fuse blow indicator k x blown Signal is output to a programmable controller CPU 38 point External connection as 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 59A TYP all points ON 0 25A Max all points ON O 7 A 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 112 3 D mm Ms A External dimensions Wi sie maemo as 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 4 42 D inch MUNG SRere R NATN Weight 0 55kg 0 40kg O 4 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deterioration upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 82 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 15 Specifications comparison between AY40 and QY40P 3 83 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points a Insu
209. ated input current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Not required Existing terminal block can be utilized 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program AY23 QY23L Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Not required Change in leakage current at OFF Not required 4 Change in functions Not required AY11A 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications AY51 Change in rated output voltage Required 28 8VDC or more not applicable Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Surge suppressor Varistor Zener diode Protection function Not supported Supported Output module QY51PL 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Required 28 8VDC or more not applicable Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Require
210. ated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable EA Approx 4mA 5VDC Approx 1 2mA 4 p Approx 10mA 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A JAYDE arenotapplicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operan volage rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 pe ee eae Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DC arg not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maxi f 60 5 point ximo numberor eS pointicommon 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee as eee us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting i Rae parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee ae ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting se Ep parameters Initial setting is 10ms 5 32 point common Common terminal c t inal 32 points common o arrangement e TEJE TPT TOOU Common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection ou aarti E terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws ae 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicabl
211. ated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 Common terminal TB18 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes Yes overheat protection function overheat protection function overload protection function Protection overload protection function Overheat protection function is Oo Overheat protection function is activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point External connection avant 18 point terminal block method terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved Rice i iminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC ieee External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC O 10 8 to 26 4VDC A aa inot power Ripple ratio within 5 supply Carer 15mA 10mA at 24VDC o 24VDC TYP common Max all points ON 3 84 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 17 Specifications comparison between AY40A and QY68A 3 85 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible
212. before STOP PLC Use the COM instruction as required system PARC RICSTIOH STE AUGER Set the processing on the service processing setting in the PLC unicati u 9 A parameter for the Universal model QCPU Set the time reserved for setting processing e communications to the special register SD315 for the High Performance model CPU Interrupt counter setting A Re setting is required I O assignment A Reviewing is required for the base unit with other than 8 slots This resets to default Number of device points O Correcting program is not required since the device points are more than those of ACPU M and L are different devices Latch relay L O L on the program is converted to L Data register D O Link relay B O Link register W O Device Low speed timer tine ae a ea ae Converted as one device i igh i 8 q 5 7 A Reviewing is required since all the range from lowest device No to Latch range Extension low speed timer 8 j A highest device No is included in the latch range Extension high speed timer EE Converted as one device Retentive timer ESO F i TR A Reviewing is required since all range from lowest device No to highest Extension retentive timer i device No is included in the latch range Converted as one device Counter te esa A A Reviewing is required since the latch range covers all range from Extension counter lowest device No to highest device No Parameters are deleted since
213. ber of input points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable P Approx 4mA Rated input current has Rated input current Approx 6mA A P Approx 10mA pp decreased ee ae eee 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 eee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 Jee areinok apaleesie Maximum number of 60 5 point common 3 a z R Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee aie ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting A ee parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 eee ee ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting nie DA parameters Initial setting is 10ms 5 32 point common Common terminal 32 points common arrangement tcomitnon termihal Common terminal B01 B02 9 ge TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 cath Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External conn
214. ble wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased A 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ie Ext Id o Wi f S tuLeen 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MNA SPASE SENAN Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg O q Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 5 Specifications comparison between AY11AEU and QY18A Specification AY11AEU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 8 points ibility Use two QY18As when using 9 Number of output point 16 point veee CARU Oana Pee 16 points occupied amp points or more Insulati thod is different but Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A PE gt a ea 12u the performance is equivalent PARO 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point Rated switchi oltage aes ching voltage 24VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Medimur switching 49 9VAC 74 9VDC 26
215. c siete aie Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 1 Use the QX40 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 26 Specifications comparison between AX71 and QX71 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 5V 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A 24VDC are not applicable Rr ant 3 5mA 2mA 4 5mA TYP 5VDC Approx 1 2mA 4 P 5 5MA 3MA 6mA MAX 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 29V0Carenotapplicable 4 5 to 6VDC A T EAE 4 5 to 5 5VDC SW ON Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 pate aaa apse 10 2 to 26 4VDC SW OFF 10 2 to 14 4VDC 24VDG arenot applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maesa mnum nels of 100 8 points common 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 3 5VDC or more 1 0mA SW ON ON voltage ON current mA or morei 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more O 5VDC or more 1 0mA or more SW OFF 1 1VDC or less 0 2mA or SW ON x OFF voltage OFF current mole 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A Reduced 2 2VDC or less 0 2mA or less SW OFF The input resist f the QX71 Input resistance PRIOR TA Ns Approx 3 3kQ A is ee Pa P Approx 5 5kQ SW OFF PRION g SW ON status 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON
216. cause short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction Startup and Maintenance Precautions N CAUTION Before performing online operations especially program modification forced output and operation status change for the running CPU module from the peripheral connected read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety Improper operation may damage machines or cause accidents Do not disassemble or modify the modules Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Use any radio communication device such as a cellular phone or PHS Personal Handy phone System more than 25cm 9 85 inches away in all directions from the programmable controller Failure to do so may cause malfunction Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing the module Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction A module can be replaced online while power is on on any MELSECNET H remote I O station or in the system where a CPU module supporting the online module change function is used Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be replaced online and each module has its predetermined replacement procedure For details refer to the relevant sections in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection and in the manual for the corresponding module After th
217. ce setting of the parameter setting The default setting is as follows Number of points of timer 256 First device number of low speed timer 0 TO to T199 First device number of high speed timer 200 T200 to T255 First device number of retentive timer 0 When using the retentive timer change the setting to reserve necessary number of points 7 7 5 Counter Function QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Specifying method g Ceo H g Ceo Updating present value ON OFF processing for When executing the OUT Cn instruction e When executing the END instruction contact 7 7 6 Display instructions Instruction QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU e With SM701 OFF Outputs characters e With M9049 OFF Outputs characters before PR before 00 00 e With SM701 ON Outputs 16 characters e With M9049 ON Outputs 16 characters e With SM701 OFF Outputs comments in 32 characters e With SM701 ON Outputs first 16 characters of comment PRC e Outputs comment in 16 characters 4 The Universal model QCPU and Basic model QCPU does not support these instructions A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 7 Index register 1 Replacing index register T 41 Z Z1 to Z6 V V1 to V6 and ZO to Z15 are used as index register for the A series and Q series respectively Therefore their specifications differ V is used as edge relay for the Q series The device is used to memorize the PLS PLF informatio
218. cement When starting stopping the SFC program according to user conditions turn the SM321 to on off with program The MELSAP II and MELSAP3 have different method of executing the Block START STOP and Reading of the number of active steps and active step numbers with block information SFC information device Block START STOP methods Specifications MELSAP II START Switching the block active bit on executes forced start STOP Switching the block clear bit on stops the block also switching from on to off executes forced stop MELSAP3 START Switching the block START STOP bit on starts the concerned block forcibly STOP Switching the block START STOP bit off stops the concerned block forcibly Precautions for replacement START Adjusting program is not required when replacing the SFC program of the ACPU with the QCPU since in that case the Block active bit is replaced with the Block START STOP bit STOP To stop the block forcibly create a program to reset Block START STOP bit of the corresponding block Delete the program that switches the Block clear bit on off since it is not required The number of active steps and active step numbers reading Reads the number of active steps in the corresponding block and active step numbers Reads only the number of active steps in the corresponding block To read the active step numbers use the A
219. cifications QX41 S2 Input module AX41 UL Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using i 24VDC applicable l l Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required QX71 4 Change in specifications when using Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not 12VDC applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Qx41 when using 24VDC 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications QX42 Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using applicable 24VDC Change in rated input current Required Approx 7mA gt Approx 4mA C
220. cimal ASCII to BCD 4 digit data DABCD DABCD O Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit data DABIN DABIN O Reading clock data DATERD DATERD O Writing in clock data DATEWR DATEWR O BIN 32 bit dead band controls DBAND DBAND O Conversion from BCD 8 digit to decimal ASCII data DBCDDA DBCDDA O Conversion from BIN 32 bit to decimal ASCII data DBINDA DBINDA O Conversion from BIN 32 bit data to hexadecimal ASCII data DBINHA DBINHA O Conversion from decimal ASCII to BCD 8 digit data DDABCD DDABCD O Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit data DDABIN DDABIN O Conversion from floating point radian to angle DEG DEG O Conversion from BIN 32 bit to floating point data DFLOAT DFLT O Conversion from hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit data DHABIN DHABIN O Conversion from floating point to BIN 32 bit data DINT DINT O Dissociation of random data DIS NDIS O Division of floating decimal point data DIV E O Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 32 bit data DLIMIT DLIMIT O Direct output DOUT OUT O Direct Reset DRST RST O 32 bit data searches DSER DSER O Direct Set DSET SET O Conversion from BIN 32 bit to character string DSTR DSTR O Bit tests DTEST DTEST O Conversion from character string to BIN 32 bit data DVAL DVAL O Zone control for BIN 32 bit data DZONE DZONE O 3 EPR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying characters EPRN OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 a EPRV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Writing characters to the VRAM EPRNV OUT SM1255 x Section 7
221. cing Positioning Module AD71 with QD75 Manual Number Model Code Manual Number Model Code FA A 0060 Precautions for replacing A QnA large type series CPU with Universal model QCPU FA A 0068 App 12 Appendix 3 2 A QnA series No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 MELSEC A QnA Data Book L 08029E 2 Type A1N A2N S1 ASNCPU User s Manual IB 66543 13JE83 3 Type A2A S1 ASACPU User s Manual IB 66544 13JE84 4 Type A2U S1 ASU A4UCPU User s Manual IB 66436 13JE25 5 Q2A CPU S1 Q3ACPU Q4ACPU User s Manual IB 66608 13J821 6 QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection SH 080483ENG 13JR73 7 QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals SH 080484ENG 13JR74 Type A2CCPU P21 R21 A2ZCCPU DC24V A2CCPUC24 PRF 8 IB 66545 13JE85 A2CJCPU User s Manual 9 Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Fundamentals Programming Manual IB 66249 133740 10 Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Common Instructions Programming Manual B 66250 135741 Type AnNSHCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A Mode Programming 11 IB 66251 13J742 Manual Dedicated Instructions Type AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A mode Programming Manual 12 IB 66258 135744 PID Control Instructions 13 Type MELSAP II SFC Programming Manual IB 66361 13JF40 14 QnACPU Programming Manual Fundamentals IB 66614 13J
222. common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection Pa 18 point terminal block ie terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON EMAIN 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Wiri S 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Ng SPACES naw Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 1 Use the QX40 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 36 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 13 Specifications comparison between AX41 and QX41 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Onbsainenvetcas mance 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 Pith Me ea Ripple ratio within 5 Rip
223. ction 2 21 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 3 Functional comparisons between QnACPU and Q series CPU Control Function Constant scan Contents Executes the sequence program at the constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program QnACPU model QCPU Performance Precaution for replacement O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Reference section Latch power backup Holds the data of devices in the event of power OFF resetting and a momentary power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Remote RUN STOP Executes the remote RUN STOP using external switches and peripheral devices Stops operations while holding the PAUSE output status Executes the program that corresponds Interrupt i to the cause when an interrupt cause processing occurs Display priority of ERROR LED File management Structured program The settings for ON OFF of ERROR LED at the occurrence of error Manages all of parameters sequence programs device comments file registers etc as files Selects a suitable execution type for program application and divides each program by designer process or others Target errors vary by model but there is no functional difference Memory configuration and data to be stored differ between the QnA series and Q series Section 2 4 1 O assignm
224. ction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 10 3 4 I O points 10242 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 60k steps 60k steps 7 File register points 1018k points 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card QO3UDCPU 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 0095ps 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 60 4 I O points 1024 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 60k steps gt 30k steps 7 File register points 1018k points 96k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards gt 8M bytes x 1 card QO6UDHCPU 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 0095ys 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 60 4 I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 60k steps 60k steps 7 File register points 1018k points 384k points Using memory card 4086k po
225. ction ORI ORI O OUT instruction OUT 2 OUT 2 O Trailing edge output PLF PLF Q Leading edge output PLS PLS O Print ASCII code instruction PR PR A Print comment instruction PRC PRC A RCL RCL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 16 bit data RCLP RCLP O Section 7 7 8 r k RCR RCR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 16 bit data RCRP RCRP Section 7 7 8 Return from subroutine program RET RET O Remote O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Read from automatic updating buffer memory RIFR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Read from intelligent device station buffer memory with RIRCV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 handshake Read from intelligent device station buffer memory RIRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Write to intelligent device station buffer memory with A RISEND OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 handshake Write to automatic updating buffer memory RITO OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Write to intelligent device station buffer memory RIWT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Network parameter setting RLPA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Automatic refresh parameter setting RRPA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 32 The high speed timer or retentive timer can also be converted according to the parameter setting T 16 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT W O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU
226. ction Un instruction instruction ZNRD ZNWR Counter Measure ZNFR Reprogram the network modules to use with the QCPU ZNTO T 22 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 6 7 8 9 10 T 23 Special function modules instruction ACPU Instruction type P Corrective action instruction PVWR1 A i PVWR2 Control instruction for high SVWR1 speed counter module type SVWR2 AD61 S1 PVRD1 Sead PVRD 2 Counter Measure RN Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Control instruction for PR computer link module type INPUT AJ71C24 S3 S6 S8 AJ71UC24 SPBUSY SPCLR PRN Control instruction for memory PR card centronics interface GET module type AD59 PUT PRN2 PRN4 PR2 PR4 Control instruction for terminal INPUT2 interface module type Counter Measure INPUT4 AJ71C21 S1 SET Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be al used SPBUSY SPCLR INPUT PRN Control instruction for PR MELSECNET MINI S3 master MINI module type AJ71PT32 S3 MINIERR SPBUSY SPCLR A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Item 11 Special function modules instruction Instruction type Control instruction for AD57 S1 CRT controller module AD58 LCD controller module CC Link instruction ACPU instruction name CMODE CPS1
227. ctive step batch readout instructions MOV DMOV BMOV A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT W 7 6 3 Specifications comparison between MELSAP II and MELSAP3 When a SFC program MELSAP II of the ACPU is used as a SFC program MELSAP3 of the QCPU a part of specifications of the SFC program differs Select the QCPU which satisfies the contents and configuration of the existing SFC program MELSAP Il MELSAP II MELSAP3 i Basic model High Performance Universal model QCPU QCPU model QCPU Q03UD Q04UDH Q00UJ Q00U Q02 H Q06H QO6UDH Q10UD Q00J Q00 Q01 Q01U Q02U Q12H Q13UD Number of blocks Max 256 blocks Max 128 blocks Max 320 blocks Max 128 blocks Max 320 blocks Max 255 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Number of SFC steps block block block block block ae f Provided A Provided Step Transition Watchdog Timer Not provided Not provided Not provided 8 timers 10 timers T 32 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 6 4 Specifications comparison of MELSAP3 between QnACPU and QCPU Number of blocks When a SFC program MELSAP3 of the QnACPU is used as a SFC program of the QCPU a part of specifications of the SFC program differs Select the QCPU which satisfies the contents and configuration of the existing SFC program MELSAP3 Max 320 blocks Q00UJ Q00U Q01U Q02U Max 128 blocks MELSAP3 y Basic model High Performance Universal model
228. d Surge suppressor Transistor built in zener diode gt Zener diode Protection function Not supported gt Supported Fuse blown indication Supported gt Not supported AY51 S1 E Point Refer to the following for the specifications of each Q series large type module 5 6 Q Series Large Type Base Unit and Q Series Large Type I O Module 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 2 I O Module Specifications Comparison 3 2 1 1 3 25 Input module specifications comparison Specifications comparison between AX10 and QX10 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible c t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 O 3 Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Rated input current 10mA 100VAC 60H 1 ASESI MAL z Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz A Reduced asn carent Max 300mA within 0 3ms Max 200mA within 1ms o 132VAC 132VAC a E A 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC o E EEEE 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 100 16 points 2 A Use within the range shown in simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Refer to the deratingichart the derating figure 80VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current O phage
229. d power Ripple ratio within 5 supply Max 0 015A common current 0 04A 24VDC TYP 24VDC when all points are ON O ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with 32 point switching indication with O SW SW External connection method 40 pin connector x 2 40 pin connector lt a O SESE connector S sold sold separately separately purchase two of them ager 0 3mm eee 0 3mm For AGCON1 or A6CONA 9 40 pin connector x 2 Since 40 pin connector is sold Accessory None x soldering type separately purchase two of them 64 points 64 points Number of occupied points I O assignment Output 64 I O assignment I O mix 64 O points points Current consumption 0 25A TYP all points ON 0 13A TYP all points ON Oo 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D A inch inch Weight 0 70kg 0 20kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 12 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41Y41P 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 N on 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 110 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 Specifications comparison between A42XY and QX42 QY42P a Specifications comparison between A42XY input p
230. d input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required AX42 Input module QX72 when using 12VDC AX42 S1 QX42 S1 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Not required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Not required Change in input resistance Required Approx 11kQ gt Approx 11 2kQ 5 Change in functions AC input possible AX60 S1 None Alternating with QX40 is recommended 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector t
231. d programs stored in ROMS in series Basic model read a sequence ROM operation O O A A A program stored in the standard ROM to order not to lose user programs due a 3 the CPU module built in memory using the to battery exhaustion A boot run function Data protection Th ies Basi del prohibit h a pie ae Prohibits peripheral devices from 4 ae RIRA aSa mo SPENSER TAR function System r file from being read written by password reading writing to programs and X i protect Keyword R registration whereas the A series prohibits A comments in the memory cassettes O O A A A if registration weed the parameters and programs from being the memory card and built in i Password read written to the user memory by i memory etc of a CPU module registration keyword registration Tess nmpa The settings for the output status at A a changing from STOP to RUN Y Resetting parameters is required to ae nee between re output operation status O O O O O replace the QnA series with the Q series oe snes pelote Ss TGR and output after Basic model operation execution CPU includ lock of which Q MERESSA GOS ee as The Q series Basic model handles the four data can be read and written The ect digits of the year western calendar Clock function clock data consists of year month O O A A A whereas the A series handles only the last two digits App 7 4 Debug Maintenance Function Contents Changes writes to
232. d when adding a base unit at the replacement work 2 Replacement schedule 3 Model selection after replacing models I O module a Whether a module whose specifications rated input current etc and functions are equivalent to that of the existing module exists or not in the Q series b Whether utilizing the existing modules continuously or replacing them with Q series modules c Whether utilizing the existing external wiring or wiring newly 4 Model selection after replacing models intelligent function module analog high speed counter module etc a Whether the specifications of replaced modules and connection external device match or not 5 Model selection after replacing models communication module computer link module Ethernet module etc a Whether the communication target device is compatible with the Q series module commands in the communication using the MC protocol or not b Whether the communication target device software program can be changed to Q series CPU compatible or not 1 INTRODUCTION 6 Model selection after replacing models network module MELSECNET Il MELSECNET MINI S3 a Whether the replacement of MELSECNET Il is a gradual replacement or batch replacement for b Whether local stations and remote stations can be grouped into two networks PLC to PLC network and remote I O network by replacing to MELSECNET H when the local stations and remote stations are mixed in t
233. de tool can be mounted on the Q series module and a connector and terminal block used with the A QnA series can be used without wiring change Refer to the figure above 1 For details of the Q series large type base unit and Q series large type I O module refer to Section 5 6 2 For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd contact your local sales representative 1 INTRODUCTION E Point Available alternative models 1 When using the Q series large type base unit Product Existing large sized A Q series large type series module module A38B Q38BL Main base unit A35B Q35BL A68B Q68BL Extension base unit A65B Q65BL A55B Q55BL 2 When using the Q series large type I O module Product Existing large sized A Q series large type series module AX11 QX11L Input module AX21 QX21L AY10A QY11AL AY11A AY13 QY13L Output module AY23 QY23L AY51 QY51PL AY51 S1 a For I O module Remarks Refer to Section 5 6 Remarks Refer to Section 5 6 Conversion adapter 3 When using the upgrade tool conversion adapter Product Existing large sized A l Q series shape i Q series module e G series module AX10 QX10 ERNT AQTX10 X40 AX40 9 QX40 S1 Terminal block AX70 QX70 ERNT AQTX40 18 points AX50 QX50 AX50 S1 Input modul
234. deasadadsteass nana cnasranadscceavandgadads a desu saaaadads sadaacutbasandzarunvamadecan 5 21 5 6 2 Applicable programmable controller ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 5 31 5 6 3 Modules that cannot be mounted on the Q series large type base unit i is 5 31 5 6 4 Precautions for using the Q series large type base unit and large type I O module 5 32 5 6 5 External dimensions sninga ia a aaa a O Eaa Ea 5 33 CHAPTER 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 1to6 2 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeseeaaaeeeeeneeneeeeeeeeaas 6 1 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement cceeccceeeeeecneeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 6 2 CHAPTER 7 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1to 7 49 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure cesocsccisicosesiini n anr 7 4 7 1 1 Program conversion procedure from ACPU to QCOPU 00 0 ee ceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeseeaeeeeesennnaeees 7 4 7 1 2 Changing programmable controller type eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeesiaeeeeeeeaas 7 5 7 1 3 ACPU program conversion ratio ee ceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeceeee eee eaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 7 8 7 1 4 Reading Reusing other format files 2 0 ctr eee ee eee e ee eee taeee eee taeeeeeeeeeeeeenee 7 10 T2 Instruction CONVEFSION seccina a a ia aa AAA E AEAEE 7 13 7 2 1 List of instructions conver
235. ded Wire breakage detection A 3 6kQ N input F pprox omme input The wire breakage detection Input resistance Approx 4 3kQ Wire breakage Approx 5 6kQ x A function not provided detection The wire break detecti Wire breakage detection Provided Not provided x e we ie age aaa function not provided 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of Response Initial setting is 10ms parameters time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of Initial setting is 10ms parameters 0 1kQ orl At turning ON or less Arturning Since the wire breakage 11 4 to 12 7kQ or less At turning te fey detection function is not External resistance OFF F i provided the external resistance 150KQ or more At wire breakage z i is not required detection Since the wire breakage Parallel resistance with 12kQ detection function is not external switch Tolerance 5 1 4W or more E provided the external resistance is not required F As the common changes from 7 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A a arrangement 1B27 TB36 Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication a neicauon ED ON indication LED o P 32
236. del QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Conversion CALL CALL O Sub routine program calls CALLP CALLP O Special format failure checks CHK OUT SM1255 A Section 7 2 3 3 Bit device output reverse CHK OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 1 Main lt gt subprogram switching CHG OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 2 Pointer branch instruction CJ CJ O Carry flag reset CLC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 CML CML Oo 16 bit data negation transfer CMLP CMLP O Link Refresh Instructions COM COM O D D T D P D P O BIN 32 bit addition subtraction D D O D P D P O D D O 5 EES PER D P D P O BIN 32 bit multiplication division D D O D P D P O DAND DAND Oo Logical products of 32 bit data DANDP DANDP Oo DB DB O es A P DB P DB P Q BCD 8 digit addition subtraction DB DB O DB P DB P O DB DB O ni ER aes DB P DB P Oo BCD 8 digit multiplication division DB DB O DB P DB P O ae DBCD DBCD Oo Conversion from BIN data to 8 digit BCD DBCDP DBCDP O F oe DBIN DBIN O Conversion from 8 digit BCD to BIN data DBINP DBINP O F DCML DCML O 32 bit data negation transfer DCMLP DCMLP O y DDEC DDEC e 32 bit BIN data decrement DDECP DDECP O DEC DEC O 16 bit BIN data decrement DECP DECP O DECO DECO O 8 256 bit decode DECOP DECOP O
237. e 3 86 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 19 Specifications comparison between AY41P and QY41P 3 87 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operatingiload voltage 10 8 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o range i 0 1A point 0 1A point M load t O iM hana 1 0A common 2A common Maximum inrush current 0 38A 5ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop at 1 ia a 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o N i 0 2VDC Max 0 1A Q 1 7VDC 1mA Max OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response 7 i ms or less time ON to OFF 2 l Resistive load eee Resistive load Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode As the common changes from Common terminal 16 points common 32 points common N two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal A01 A02 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes Yes overheat protection function overheat protection function overload protection function Protection overload protection function Overheat protection function is O Overheat
238. e Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Ol ti Itage rai 12VDC t licable ar EREE Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 a a cate ace Maximum number of 60 20 point common f 9 Use within the range shown in F r a Refer to the derating chart A S simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON the derating figure ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms OFF to ON diameoriess 1ms or less f o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF ema Or less 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms Commen eminal 32 points common 32 points common Pree ren Common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 O 2 2B2 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication e lcation A i Heaven R F O 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch External connection 40 pin connector 40 ti 2 Opt O method With solder x 2 pin connector s Optiofi 2 Applicable wire size 0 3mm Comm
239. e independent common 4 Replacing with the Q series large type I O module is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 AY50 QY50 AY51 QyY50 1 AY51 S1 QyY50 1 Output module AY51 UL QY50 AY60 QY68A 3 18 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points gt 32 points 16 points x 2 modules Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Required 48VDC not applicable Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required No fuse independent common 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points gt 32 points 16 points x 2 modules Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules Output module 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Required 48VDC not applicable Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required No fuse independent common 1 Change in external
240. e or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backli
241. e torque tightening torque e ne ae 250 H x 55 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 75 0 40 Allowable momentary i ny i within 20ms within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of 1500Vp p 3 p noise voltage 1us noise width Noise durability Noise voltage 1500Vp p and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency O Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV A t AC terminal batch 2 ee aera ee 7 e Across inputs LG and outputs FG Dielectric withstand and ground 1500VAC for 1 minute A 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m O voltage Across external DC terminal batch 6562 ft and ground 500VAC for 1 minute Between all inputs LG and all Across external AC terminal batch panies puis and LG Insulation resistance and ground 5MQ or more by p O insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 Short chip for applied voltage select terminal 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable nor are short chip since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 3 Specifications comparison between A62P and Q62P 4 4 Specification 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 100 240VAC 10 15 Compat editing Precaut
242. e AX80 QX80 ERNT AQTX80 AX41 QX41 AX31 S1 QX41 S2 FCN connector ERNT AQTX41 AX41 S1 QX41 S1 40P AX71 QX71 AX81 QX81 D Sub connector ERNT AQTX81 AX81 S1 QX81 S2 37P AY10 AY11 QY10 ERNT AQTY10 AY11E AY11EEU AY22 QY22 ERNT AQTY22 Terminal block AY40 18 points QY40P AY40P ERNT AQTY40 Output module AY70 QY70 AY50 QY50 ERNT AQTY50 AY80 QY80 ERNT AQTY80 AY41 QY41P FCN connector AY41P ERNT AQTY41 40P AY71 QY71 AY81 D Sub connector QY81P ERNT AQTY81 AY81EP 37P 1 INTRODUCTION b For analog module High speed counter module Conversion adapter Product Existing large sized A g Q series shape E Q series module model series module A68AD Analog input module 1 Q6BADV ERNT AQT68AD g inp a Q68ADI A68ADN A62DA Terminal block AG2DAS1 Q62DAN ERNT AQT62DA 18 points Analog output module A68DAV Q68DAVN A68DAI ERNT AQT68DA Q68DAIN A68DAI S1 High speed counter AD61 pure FCN connector iT a J QD62 H01 ERNT AQTD61 module 40P AD61 S1 QD62 H02 4 Voltage input or current input for the replacing Q series module When using the existing large sized A series module with voltage current mixed input the replacement with the Q series large type base unit and conversion adapter is not possible Consider the replacement to the Q64AD GH using two modules by leveraging the 2 slot type conversion adapter etc 1 10 1 INTRODUCTION 4 Transition to Q series by utilizing e
243. e ON current cule 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more 24VDC are not applicable 1 1 1mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 2 4VDC or less 0 39mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 4 8kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee oe ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting ss fet parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 si aces i Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting 3 PONN parameters Initial setting is 10ms A As the common changes from 3 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A ate z arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal B01 B02 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection Spoink terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws y oy 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm GF eet For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 105A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H Naga 0 tee H W 30 D a A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W
244. e a serious accident In an output module when a load current exceeding the rated current or an overcurrent caused by a load short circuit flows for a long time it may cause smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Configure a circuit so that the programmable controller is turned on first and then the external power supply If the external power supply is turned on first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction For the operating status of each station after a communication failure refer to relevant manuals for the network Incorrect output or malfunction due to a communication failure may result in an accident Design Precautions WARNING When changing data of the running programmable controller from a peripheral connected to the CPU module or from a personal computer connected to an intelligent function module special function module configure an interlock circuit in the sequence program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely For program modification and operating status change read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety before operation Especially in the case of a control from an external device to a remote programmable controller immediate action cannot be taken for a problem on the programmable controller due to a communication failure To prevent this configure an interlock circuit in the sequence program a
245. e dedicated instructions in QnA A series program are not applicable to the QCPU program Replace them with the FROM TO instructions 2 When the QA1S51B and QA1S6LB are used up to six modules having the same product name can be mounted to the QA1S51B and QA1S60B 3 Only one interrupt module any of QI60 A1S161 Al61 and Al61 S1 can be used 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 2 QA extension base unit The following table shows modules that can be used on the QA6LB extension base unit Product Model Remarks A61P A62P A63P A65P Power supply module A67P A66P A68P A61PEU A62PEU AX10 AX11 AX11EU AX20 AX21 AX21EU AX31 AX31 S1 AX40 AX41 AX41 S1 AX42 Input module AX42 S1 AX50 AX50 S1 AX60 AX60 S1 AX70 AX71 AX80 AX80E AX81 AX81 S1 AX81 S2 AX81 S3 AX81B AX82 AY10 AY10A AY11 AY11A AY11E AY11AEU AY11EEU AY13 AY13E AY13EU AY15EU AY20EU AY22 AY23 AY40 AY4OP Output module AY40A AY41 AY41P AY42 AY42 S1 AY42 S2 AY42 S3 AY42 S4 AY50 AY51 AY51 S1 AY60 AY60S AY60E AY60EP AY70 AY71 AY72 AY80 AY80EP AY81 AY81EP AY82EP I O module A42XY AH42 High speed counter module AD61 AD61S1 4 A D converter module A68AD A68AD S2 A68ADN A616AD DA oenen modile A62DA A62DA S1 A68DAV A68DAI S1 A616DAV A616DAI Temperature digital converter A68RD3 A68RD4 A616TD A60MX module A60MX
246. e first use of the product do not mount remove the module to from the base unit and the terminal block to from the module more than 50 times IEC 61131 2 compliant respectively Exceeding the limit of 50 times may cause malfunction Do not drop or apply shock to the battery to be installed in the module Doing so may damage the battery causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery If the battery is dropped or any shock is applied to it dispose of it without using Before handling the module touch a grounded metal object to discharge the static electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Disposal Precautions A CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste When disposing of batteries separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations For details of the battery directive in EU member states refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Transportation Precautions CAUTION When transporting lithium batteries follow the transportation regulations For details of the regulated models refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not
247. e in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY22 QY22 eee 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Required from 2A to 0 6A 5 Change in functions Required No fuse no varistor 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY23 ay22 32 points 16 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required No fuse 4 Replacing with the Q series large type I O module is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY40 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function QY40P equipped 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change i
248. e program at A series Q series Basic model AnA AnU Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Precaution for replacement Set this function with the special register date hour minute second and a day of the week Constant scan constant time intervals regardless of O O A A A D9020 for the A series and with the processing time of the program parameters for the Q series Basic model Holds the data of devices when Latch turning OFF th tti atch power urning e power tee ing o o 0 o o _ backup and a momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Remote RUN ene the remote RYNSTOR using the external switches and O O O O O STOP i peripheral devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the o o o o o _ output status For A series an interrupt program is emio Executes the program that required for each main program and sub oai corresponds to the cause when an O O A A A program separately For Q series Basic P e interrupt cause occurs model create only one interrupt program to share between the two programs Display of priority The settings for ON OFF of ERROR o o o o o Target errors vary for each module but _ of ERRORLED LED atthe occurrence of error there is no functional differences i To execute the ROM operation with the Q 5 Enables operation with parameters F S an
249. e specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 34 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 11 Specifications comparison between AX40 UL and QX40 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification AX40 UL bility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Onbsainenvetcas mance 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 Pith Me ea Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 TENDE sie hor applicable Mex nur eee of 100 8 points common 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more hs 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A ia Resistance Nasinereased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Fee ae ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less s O input response time of CPU parameter setting af Blots parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms Tom or less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of parameters
250. e wire size 0 75 to 2mm ne eye For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions oa D mm ys Wx D mn A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 12kg O 4 Use the QX41 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 20 Specifications comparison between AX42 and QX42 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A _ 42VDC are not applicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Ear 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 rE ee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 HAVE arenotapplicang Maximum number of 60 20point common 3 Use within the range shown in 3 z R Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON the derating figure 9 5VDC or more F ON voltage ON current 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 3mA or more 6VDC or less OFF voltage
251. ecial registers for the QnACPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU When programs for the QnA series CPU are replaced with those for the High Performance model QCPU by Change PLC type devices for the QnA series CPU SM1000 to SM1255 and SD1000 to SD1255 are replaced with those for the Q series CPU Note when programs for the QnA series CPU are replaced with those for the Basic model QCPU by Change PLC type the devices for the QnA series CPU may be replaced with SM999 and SD999 as an unsupported device A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 6 Precautions for Replacing the MELSAP II with the MELSAP3 7 6 1 7 6 2 The basic operation of the MELSAP3 is the same as the MELSAP II but the specifications are partially different This section provides the precautions for the replacement Starting SFC program The SFC program can be started by using the special relay for starting stopping the SFC program That special replay for the ACPU M9101 is replaced with the special relay for the QCPU SM321 upon converting from the ACPU to QCPU The specifications of the special relay differ between the two CPUs Switches on and off with user operation MELSAP II M9101 Specifications MELSAP3 SM321 SFC program starts up at default since system is automatically turned on Block information SFC information device Precautions for repla
252. ection aia terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws TORR 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm s PF ee For A6CON1 or A6CONA Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 z terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x Nea D Hah ae 7 230 D Wk A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 1 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 The following shows the derating chart 3 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 30 ra 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 31 25 24VDC 18 75 28 8VDC By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 42 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 19 Specifications comparison between AX41 UL and QX71 3 43 Specification AX41 UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O R
253. ecutes the program that required for each main program and sub aay corresponds to the cause when an O program separately For Q series Basic p e interrupt cause occurs model create only one interrupt program to share between the two programs Executes various controls and operations over utility programs and ted mi t Microcomputer deen GIGAS OSODDE i Consider use of sequence program etc programs stored in the O par mode as the substitution microcomputer program area by 5 calling them from the sequence 5 program Display of priority The settings for ON OFF of ERROR o Target errors vary for each module but of ERROR LED LED at the occurrence of error there is no functional differences A F To execute the ROM operation with the Q Enables operation with parameters and broaram stored in ROMs in series Basic model read a sequence ROM operation saa O program stored in the standard ROM to order not to lose user programs due cae 4 the CPU module built in memory using the to battery exhaustion f boot run function Dat tecti The Q series Basi del prohibit h a amo ection Prohibits peripheral devices from i e series asic mo el prohibits eac function System be file from being read written by password reading writing to programs and 3 P P protect Keyword registration whereas the A series prohibits 3 5 comments in the memory cassettes O A registration ae the parameters and programs from being the memory card and built in
254. ed F 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm NA F External dim o Wi i a eas 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MPA SPASTRIMIN Weight 0 66kg 0 14kg O 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when fuse blown display is necessary 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 32 Specifications comparison between AY70 and QY70 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC O ting load volt E A le 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC o range F 16mA point 16mA point M load t O a ee 128mA common 256mA common Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current 50mA 10ms 40mA 10ms of less A since the inrush current value differs Vok 3 5VDC VoH 3 5VDC Output voltage at OFF O E Vcc 5VDC loH 0 4mA Vcc 5VDC lo 0 4mA Check the input specification of ti i tto b Maximum voltage drop at VoL 0 2VDC AARE SAURSN A S ON lou 16mA VoL 0 3VDC A connected since the maximum voltage drop is bigger when turning on OFF to ON 1ms or less 0 5ms or less Response 0 5ms or less time ON to OFF 1ms
255. ed Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased External dimensions ea BSN an o 93 F are eae ne Wiring space is narrow 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg O 3 69 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 Specifications comparison between AY11 and QY10 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method g different but the performance is equivalent Reis Sii E 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VA
256. eeee 1 INTRODUCTION Replacement procedures e Remove the existing large sized A series modules together with the base unit and use the existing mounting holes to mount the upgrade tool Base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Then mount the Q series By mounting the base adapter it is not necessary to redo the mounting holes e Mount the upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd on the mounted Q series I O modules e Remove the terminal blocks wired from the existing large sized A series I O modules and mount the blocks on the conversion adapter The existing wiring is usable e Programs are automatically converted by changing the programmable controller type from ACPU to QCPU using GX Developer Even if the module arrangement is changed the I O can be assigned to the same number as before which cuts out the need to modify the programs and slot number for I O module Some instructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed Existing large sized A Q series Upgrade tool a Base adapter eee eee e A J Upgrade tool Conversion adapter Utilize the existing wiring of the I O module 1 12 1 INTRODUCTION 1 13 EJ Po
257. egister points 4k points 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Remote I O MINI S3 gt CC Link A2CCPU 9 Applicable memory built in RAM 4KROM 8KROM 16ROM gt Program memory A2CCPUP21 Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately CEU mei A2CCPUR21 1 10 Micro computer program Avaliable Not available A2CCPUC24 PRF 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only A2CCPUC24 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 25us gt 0 08us A2CJCPU S3 3 PC MIX value 0 1 gt 7 36 4 I O points 512 points gt 1024 points 5 I O device points 512 points 8192 points QOOUCPU 6 Program capacity 8k gt 10k steps 7 File register points Ok points gt 64k points 8 Remote I O MINI S3 gt CC Link 9 Applicable memory built in RAM 4KROM 8KROM 16ROM gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available oA The CPU module with the MELSECNET link function can be replaced with the QCPU module and the link module as listed in the following table Alternative models Network module Precaution model CPU model A1NCPUP21 A2NCPUP21 A2NCPUP21 S1 A3NCPUP21 QJ71LP21 25 Mounting the A QnA series CPU module with the link function on a base unit gt A2ACPUP21 Mounting a link module on a base unit 1 slot is required and 32 points are occupied A2ACPUP21 S1 A3ACPUP21 A2CCPUP21 A1NCPUR21 A2NCPUR21 A2
258. eight 0 53kg 0 28kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 28 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 9 QY51PL transistor output module specifications comparison with AY51 S1 5 29 Specifications AY51 S1 transistor output module QY51PL transistor output module Number of output points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC maximum load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Maximum load current 0 3A point 2A common 1A fuse common 0 5A point 4A common Maximum inrush current 3A 10ms or less No limit Short protection function Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop at ON 1VDC TYP 0 3A 1 5VDC MAX 0 3A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 0 5ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistance load 1ms or less Resistance load Surge suppressor Transistor built in zener diode Zener diode Common terminal arrangement 16 points common Common terminal TB18 TB36 8 points fuse common 16 points common Common terminal TB18 TB36 Protection function None Yes overheat protection function overload protection function e Overheat protection function is activated in increments of 1 point e Overload p
259. els for Power Supply Module A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product name Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in specifications Current capacity is reduced When 24VDC is required prepare the external power supply 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in specifications Current capacity is reduced A61P A61P UL A62P Q62P Power supply module A63P Q63P A61PEU Q61P A62PEU Q62P General purpose switching power supply A68P 2 Mong For 15VDC 4 It is also possible to replace this model with the power supply module Q61SP However check for the details since the specification differs Example Q61SP rated output current 5VDC 2A mountable only to the main base unit Q30SB 2 A power supply of each Q series module that requires power feeding to external i
260. ement CPU D heth h i ede E Seukedisaa Error codes differ between the A series Self diagnostics occurred detects errors and stop a O O O D and Q series CPU etc 2 Stores errors which are detected with Sier hisen the diagnostics function ma CPU or o o o 2 gt memory card The stored history can be monitored with peripheral devices Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 3 4 5 6 swo High performance model is the generic term for the QOD2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps The QOOUJCPU does not support the sampling trace function IVD GPPQ is required This is not applicable to GX Developer For the Q series access interval is called as module service interval 2 23 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement 2 4 1 Memory for CPU module The memory configuration is shown in 1 Examine the following points depending on the memory capacity before replacement and applications e Memory to store e To use or not use a memory card 1 Memory configuration and data that can be stored a Universal model QCPU A series memory Paramete RAM Comment File register Built in Program i Program Parameter 1 Only one drive drive 1 or drive
261. ension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 06us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 9 79 A2NCPU 4 I O points 512 points 1024 points A2NCPUP21 4 5 I O device points 512 points gt 8192 points 4 Q01UCPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps A2NCPUR21 R Pen 24 7 File register points 4k points gt 64k points A2NCPUP21 S3 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 14 4 I O points 512 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 512 points 8192 points Q02UCPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps 20k steps 7 File register points 4k points gt 64k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Micro compu
262. ent Performs the I O assignment to any individual module regardless of its mounted position When using a base unit with other than 8 slots set the number of slots with the parameter I O assignment setting Section 2 4 4 Boot run ROM operation Executes the sequence program after reading it from the memory card to the CPU built in memory when the CPU goes to RUN mode To execute the ROM operation with the High Performance model CPU read a sequence program stored in the standard ROM or a memory card to the program memory using the boot run function With the Universal model QCPU the ROM operation is not required since the program memory is the flash ROM Section 2 4 1 Data protection System protect Keyword registration Password registration Prohibits peripheral devices to read write the programs and comments in the CPU built in memory memory cassette or memory card The Q series provides read write protection for each file with password registration The QnA series prohibits parameters programs read write from to the user memory with keyword registration Section 2 4 2 Initial device value Sets an initial value of device memory file registers and special function modules etc when the CPU has become RUN status Memory configuration and data to be stored differ between the QnA series and Q series Section 2 4 1 Output status setting at changing from STO
263. eplacement Number of output points 32 points 32 points ie Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC O Ol ting load volt Daan RA ee 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC o range 16mA point 16mA point Maximum load current 256mA common RSN O A 512mA common Sink loading Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current 50mA 10ms 40mA 10ms or less A since the inrush current value differs VoH 3 5VDC Vou 3 5VDC tput voltage at OFF O Qurputvoltage ato Vcc 5VDC IOH 0 4mA Vcc 5VDC lox 0 4mA Check the input specifications of t i tto b Maximum voltage drop at VoL 0 2VDC A SARER F VoL 0 3VDC A connected since the maximum ON loL 16mA ims or less 0 5ms or less voltage drop is bigger when turning on Response 05 time ON to OFF 1ms or less S SS Oo Resistive load As the common changes from Common terminal 16 points common 32 points common A two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal A01 A02 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 1 6A Unch bl Fuse None ung Angre e O Fuse blow capacity 50A Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse is blows LED indicates O it signal is output to CPU External connection P 38 point g Beri terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 sc
264. eplacement of the QnACPU with the QCPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted and their measures Reviewing the program is recommended QnACPU J A Instruction type g Corrective action instruction LED Counter Measure Display instruction LEDC Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does not have the LED display function Status latch instruction SLI Counter Measure u instructi SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Sampling trace instruction Suppiement i instructi ca STRAR Change candidate instructions STRA gt TRACE instruction STRAR gt TRACER instruction Application PTRA j i Counter Measure instruction Program trace instruction PTRAR f There is no alternative action PTRAEXE Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Use the ATA card as 4 s a memory card Other instruction EROMWR Supplement Change candidate instruction EROMWR gt FWRITE instruction Print ASCII code instruction PR Counter Measure The High Performance model QCPU can use these instructions Comment print instruction PRC For measures of when the Universal model CPU is used refer to the TECHNICAL BULLETIN No FA A 0068 Counter Measure PID control instruction PID57 j There is no alternative action G P Counter Measure Special function modules
265. eration indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection A Paa 18 point terminal block Pee terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 SI d solder terminal R terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Sleevedisolderless terminals cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ae Ext Id Wi Pn uae renee ae 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch nine shave 18 ANON Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 1 Use the QX82 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 31 Specifications comparison between AX81 and QX81 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 oera aeae rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A i 4 Ped EMSA Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 TAYE G sie hor ap
266. erminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications AX71 Qx71 Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required AX50 S1 QXx50 Input module AX70 QX70 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Chan
267. es large type base unit always attach the Q series large type blank cover unnecessary for a module mounted on CPU slot and power supply module 4 Mounting dimensions of the Q series large type I O module The Q series large type I O module is larger than A series 32 point I O module in depth by 14mm 0 55 inch Before replacing the A QnA series check if there is enough space for depth A series 32 point Q series large type I O module I O module jannaa 115 4 53 449 0 98 6 08 154 651 6 06 Unit mm inch 5 Rated output current of the power supply module The A series and Q series differ in rated output current of power supply module 24VDC When output current of the power supply module is used as external power supply of I O module another external power supply may be required in replacement from the A series 5 32 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 6 5 6 5 1 5 33 Compatibility with the multiple CPU system When a Q series large main base unit is used a multiple CPU system cannot be configured The Q series large type extension base unit can be used in a multiple CPU system External dimensions Q series large type base unit D The dimensions diagram is for the Q38BL 5 a A EOT
268. ess A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 pees ee uu Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting XA an parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 agen eee ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting Pn occ parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 E wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection Pa 18 point terminal block ie terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON EMAIN 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Wiri S 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Ng SPACES naw Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg O 1 Use the QX40 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check th
269. fications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half Change in functions Required No fuse no varistor Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Output module Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY11EEU QY10 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half Change in functions Required No fuse no varistor Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY11 UL QY10 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Required No varistor 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY13 Qy10 1 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Not required 4 Replacing with the Q series large type I O module
270. for the ANNCPU AnACPU and AnSCPU QnACPU Generic term for the MELSEC QnA series CPU modules QnASCPU Generic term for the MELSEC QnAS series CPU modules QnA QnASCPU Generic term for the QnACPU and QnASCPU A AnS QnA QnASCPU Generic term for the ACPU AnNSCPU QnACPU and QnASCPU QCPU Generic term for the MELSEC Q series CPU modules A 17 1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 1 1 Considerations before Selection of Alternative Models for Replacement This transition handbook describes the model selection of CPU modules and I O modules after replacing models for the transition from the MELSEC A QnA large type series to the Q series At the transition from MELSEC A QnA large type series to Q series some items such as the replacement procedure installation location specifications comparisons between existing modules and replaced modules and replacement method are required to be considered beforehand The following shows major options Consider them sufficiently in advance It is necessary to understand the existing system configuration before making considerations Major items required to be considered in advance 1 Replacement methods and installation location a Whether gradual replacement only the CPU module is replaced with Q series etc or batch replacement for the replacement method of the existing system When replacing it gradually which existing modules should be leveraged left b Whether some space can be reserve
271. g hole size 2 When using the existing mounting holes to install the Q series base unit use the upgrade tool base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd This base adapter allows to omit the procedure of redoing mounting holes For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd contact your local sales representative 5 3 2 Precautions for extension cable replacement The total extension distance of the Q series extension cable is 13 2m while that of the A series is 6 6m Select a suitable cable according to your system 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 QA 1S Extension Base Unit 5 4 1 When replacing the A QnA series CPU by the Q series using the QA 1S extension base unit A series compatible module can be utilized without change QA 1S extension base unit specifications Model It ee QA1S51B QA1S65B QA1S68B QA65B Number of mountable I O modules 1 5 8 5 Extendability Not extendable Extendable Applicable module AnS series module A series module 5 VDC internal current consumption 0 12A 0 12A 0 12A 0 12A 0 12A i s M5 screw hole or 5 5 hole M5 screw hole or 5 5 hole Mounting hole size For M5 screw For M5 screw 130mm 5 12inch 250mm 9 84inch 100mm 315mm 420mm 352mm 466mm External dimensions 3 94inch 12 4inch 16 55inch 13 86inch 18 34inch 50 7mm D 51 2mm 2 02inch 46 6mm 1 83inch 1 99inch Weigh
272. g two types according to a type of mounted module A1ADP XY eeeeeeee For AnS series I O modules A1ADP SP eeeeee For AnS series special function modules Point 1 When modules are mounted in either of the following combinations the operation is not guaranteed e The AnS series special function module is mounted to the A1ADP XY e The AnS series I O module is mounted to the A1ADP SP 2 Refer to A A1S Module Conversion Adapter User s Manual for the CPU module with which the A1ADP can be used and the base unit to which the A1ADP can be mounted 5 15 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 5 2 Modules which can use the A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP The following table shows the modules which can be mounted to the base unit using A A1S module conversion adapter A1ADP Mounting to the A1ADP Applicable Product Model fete 10 QnACPU ACPU adapter A1SX10 O XY A1SX10EU O XY A1SX20 O XY A1SX20EU O XY A1SX30 O XY A1SX40 O XY A1SX40 S1 O XY A1SX40 S2 O XY A1SX41 O XY A1SX41 S1 O XY Input module A18X41 S2 O XY A1SX42 O XY A18X42 S1 O XY A1SX42 S2 O XY A1SX71 O XY A1SX80 O XY A1SX80 S1 O XY A1SX80 S2 O XY A1SX81 O XY A1SX81 S2 O XY A1SX82 S1 O XY A1SY10 O XY A1SY10EU O XY A1SY14EU O XY A1SY18A O XY A1SY18AEU O XY A1SY22 O XY A1SY28A O XY A1SY40 O XY A1SY40P O XY A1SY41 O XY Outpu
273. ga aes mA or more 50Hz 60Hz AOVAC or less 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less FF volt FF t 4 OFF voltage OFF curren AmA Gr loss 50Hz 60Hz A Reduced Tanutresistance Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz A i 4 p Approx 12kQ 50Hz Approx 15k 50Hz Input resistance has increased 15ms or less FF to ON 15 O eaa e ES e 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz tim ae ON to OFF 25ms or less 20ms or less o 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 point External connection i pam 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved tien terminals M terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H Ove D an a W 30 D mEn Wiring space is narrow 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 39kg 0 17kg O al Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX10 2 100 The following shows the derating chart 90 80 N 120VAC ON 70 ratio 60
274. ge in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required Parameters must be set 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required QX80 when using 24VDC AX80 QX70 when using 12VDC Input module QX82 S1 when using 24VDC AX80E QX70 when using 12VDC 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal
275. ge in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required QX40 when using 24VDC AX40 QX70 when using 12VDC Input module QX40 when using 24VDC AX40 UL QX70 when using 12VDC 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Chan
276. ge in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications QX41 S2 AX41 Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using 24VDC applicable l l Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required QX71 4 Change in specifications when using Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not 12VDC applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Requi
277. ght fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensa
278. greater 2 a 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or ss Input response time of the OFF gt ON 10ms or less 24VDC O parameter must be used at the CPU parameter setting ee W nee initial value 10ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or 7 lose Input response time of the ON OFF 10ms or less 24VDC A O parameter must be used at the CPU parameter setting A Initial setting is 10ms inital valge Chums Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement Common terminal 1B1 1B2 Common terminal 1B01 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Votages exceeding 28 8VDC cannot be applied Maximum load current 0 1A point 1A common 0 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O y Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O S Maximum voltage drop at ROVE IA 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A amp oN eee SMA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A gt E 1 7VDC 1mA D OFF gt ON 2ms or less ims or less Q 2 Response ims or less time ON OFF 2ms or less Resistance load Rated load Resistance load O Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement Common terminal 2A1 2A2 Common terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC 12 t02 DG Voltages exceeding 28 8VDC Simei vege 10 2 to 40VDC A A cannot be applie
279. h order Low order IDO D1 Z1 Z1 Quotient Z1Quotienit V1 Remainder Z2 Remainder When utilizing the A series program to the Q series with Change PLC type the operation result may be stored to the index register having different number as intended one Example Aseries it _ P D0 K10 Z Zand V store quotient and remainder wovp v RO respectively Replaced by the it rr 0 K10 20 Z0 and Z1 store quotient Q series with and remainder Change PLC type wovp z RO respectively t Device replaced with Change PLC type Modify this to Z1 T 42 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 8 Instructions where format is changed Excluding AnACPU AnUCPU dedicated instructions Instructions using the accumulator for the ANUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU are changed in their format since the QCPU QnACPU do not have the accumulator AO A1 The accumulator AO is converted to SD718 the accumulator A1 is converted to SD719 p QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Function Format of instructions Remarks Format of instructions Remarks e Rotation data is set in J ROR ID nH D Rotation data _FROR n H AO Right rotation of 16 Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO RCR ID nH Use SM700 for carry I RCR n H
280. hange in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules are required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 64 points 32 points x 2 modules QX41 S2 4 Change in specifications when using Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not 24VDC applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 7mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Not required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Not required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Not required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Not required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rate
281. he existing MELSECNET Il c Whether a new communication cable installation has been considered or not at the replacement from MELSECNET MINI S3 to CC Link Program utilization a Whether utilizing the program in the existing system or creating a new program b Whether the workload and cost of correction have been considered or not when utilizing the program of intelligent function module and communication module nonprocedural mode 7 Point This transition handbook describes the transition from the A QnA large type series to the Q series with the Universal model QCPU and the High Performance model QCPU To use the QA extension base unit with the Universal model QCPU use the module with a serial number first five digits of 13102 or later When using the following modules with the Universal model QCPU there is no difference from when using them with the High Performance model QCPU e 1 0 module e Intelligent function module Communication module e MELSECNET 10 network module e MELSECNET H network module 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 Suggestions for Transition from the A QnA Large Type Series to the Q Series 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 Advantages of transition to Q series Advanced performance of equipments Tact time reduction The Q series includes faster operation processing speed faster bus speed and dual processors of Super MSP MELSEC SEQUENCE PROCESSOR and general purpose processor to provide
282. he maximum number of points may not be secured after replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU 3 Number of points for one block a Number of points for one block after replacement of the ACPU For the ACPU with the extension file registers the number of points for one block is 8k points For the QCPU the number of points for one block is 32k points b Number of points for one block after replacement of the QnACPU Definition of file register capacity is the same for the QnNACPU and QCPU When the storage destination and maximum number of points are the same program adjustment for file registers is not required T 48 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 12 1 2 T 49 Boot run method Writing programs to ROM The ROM operation of the ACPU corresponds to the boot run of the QCPU The overview of the boot run is explained below For details refer to the following Qn H QnPH QnPRHCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals e QnUCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Boot run procedure of the Universal model QCPU Since the program memory in the Universal model QCPU is the flash ROM the boot run is not required Even if a battery error occurs files stored in the program memory are not cleared However when the Universal model QCPU other than the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU is used the boot run with a memory card is possible To start the boot run with a memory card follow
283. he sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 External dimensions oj gt jo 3 57 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 34 Specifications comparison between AX81B and QX81 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 32 points ibility Set 64 points in the I O Number of input points 32 point A aes 64 points occupied pen A assignment of Parameter Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O 7mA When turning ON an external A switch The wire breakage detection Rated t t A 4MA x E EA EE 1 5mA When turning OFF an aioe function is not provided external switch Operating voltade range 21 6 to 30VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8VDC is not sik cee ues Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 applicable Maximum number of 60 5 points common 4 i R R Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 21 0VDC or more 5 4mA or more Normal input The wire breakage detection ON volt ON t 19VDC 3mA MOIS ONcurren 1 0VDC or less 0 2mA or less OE esr AOL NONE x function not provided Wire breakage detection 7 0VDC or less 1 9mA or less Normal input The wire breakage detection FF volta FF c t 11VDC or less 1 7mA or x OFF voltage Q uuan 6 0VDC or more 1 3mA or more SES SEE eee function not provi
284. high speed timer K100 eed n Ea c T200 M e Th t unit as low d easurem e same measurement unit as low spee Fixedto 100ms ent unit timer Retentive timer or Specifying K100 K100 method sT T Measurem The same measurement unit as high speed ent unit timer High speed Specifying the Nore retentive timer Specifying high speed timer H K100 method STO Setting range for set value 1 to 32767 1 to 32767 Processing the set value 0 Instant ON e Infinite No time up Updating present value ON OFF processing for contact When executing the OUT Tn instruction e When executing the END processing A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 1 Precautions for using timer Precautions for using timer are describes below For details refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection a Q QnACPU timer ladder programming method Set the number of points for the timer and retentive timer in the Device setting of the parameter setting To use the low speed timer high speed timer retentive timer and high speed retentive timer separately add H or S to the OUT instruction in programming Ex Low speed timer OUT TO Kn High speed timer OUTH TO Kn Low speed retentive timer OUT STO Kn High speed retentive timer OUTH STO Kn b ACPU timer ladder programming method Set the total number of points of timer and the first device number of low speed timer high speed timer and retentive timer in the Devi
285. i Password read written to the user memory by i y memory etc of a CPU module i registration keyword registration Tesdinpa The settings for the output status at changing from STOP to RUN Y PA P output status at In case of transition from the A series it is s between re output operation status O changing from before STOP and output aft necessary to re set the parameters STOP to RUN e ore an output after operation execution CPU includ lock of which be ee ve we The Q series Basic model handles the four data can be read and written The ia 3 digits of the year western calendar Clock function clock data consists of year month o l whereas the A series handles only the last date hour minute second and a Modals day of the week ee Debug Maintenance 4 2 3 Function Contents Changes writes to the program of a O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method A series Q series Basic model A2C AnN Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Precaution for replacement For the Q series Basic model it is Write during RUN CPU inte PUN Tode oO O o2 o2 0 necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the Sete ete memory cassette or memory card at o 0 x M me Q series Basic model does not the occurrence of an error for include the status latch function m
286. iameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved ee terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC 1E ANDO Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A i 10 2 to 30VDC Dy aceite applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 suppl 50mA pey Current 24VDC TYP common 20mA at 24VDC O Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ee F extemal dimensions 9 84 A 1 48 a 5 16 a inch 3 86 ke 1 08 ce o inon A Miring space is narrow Weight 0 53kg 0 17kg O 3 96 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 29 Specifications comparison between AY60 and QY68A Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 8 points Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QY68s when using 9 Number of output point 16 point 5 T Adele nelle pone 16 points occupied A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Volt 28 8 VDC is not Rated load voltage 24VDC 12 48V 5 24VDC A Snag Rve me applicable Ol ting load volt 21 6 to 26 4VDC i perating load voltage 0 4 5 to 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range 10 2 to 56VDC applicable 2A point 5A common Since the maximum load current 3A fuse x per common is differe
287. ie M9012 for carry flag flag e Rotation data is set in Rot ID nH e D Rotation data TROL In H AO Left rotation of 16 Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO fret Jojn H Use SM700 for carry RCL n H Use M9012 for carry flag flag D Poeni Rotation data is set in D i pror D nH pror n H AO A1 Rionuroiatonona Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO A1 forcr D nH Use SM700 for carry JDRCR n H Use M9012 for carry flag flag Rotation data is set in DROLI D nH D Rotation data DROLI n H AO At Le rotin f c2 e Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO A1 preL D n H a SM700 for carry J DRCL n H Use M9012 for carry flag e Search result is 16 bit data search SER s1 S2 D n H stored in D D 1 SER S1 s2 n H device e Search result is stored in AO A1 e Search result is Search result is 32 bit data search 4 DSER S1182 D n stored in D D 1 4 DSER 81 S2 n H stored in AQ A1 device Ta 1ebitdata neck e Check result is e Check result is stored ees SUM S DH stored in D device SUM S H in AO Papii data checke e Check result is e Check result is stored bi DSUM S DH stored in D device DSUM S H in AO Add dedicated e Only when M9052 is Sewell RFS D n instruction SEG D n H on 8 characters
288. ies prohibits the f comments in the memory cassettes the O A A A registration si parameters and programs from being read Password mem ty card and puil een Rig written to the user memory by keyword of a CPU module f y by keyw registration registration Sets the default value into the device Device default memory file register special function o o o o value module etc when the CPU is changing from STOP to RUN Tespa The Seungs for the output status at output status at changing tom TOF a RUN O Resetting parameters is required to replace pi i between re output operation status a O KJ O gP q P changing from before STOP and output after the QnA series with the Q series Basic model STOP to RUN a operation execution For th ies Basi del COM Number of Sets the number of general data or ae SPES RASI MORG S eneral data rocessing executed in one END O instructions ior set the communication s p i id A A a reserved time with special register SD315 if processing operation necessary CPU i t lock which 2 leila AAR can The Q series Basic model handles the four y be read written The clock data consists ee Clock function j O A A A digits of the year western calendar whereas of year morth day hour mihute the A series handles only the last two digits second and a day of the week y gris Contents O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Q series Basic Q00
289. in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY42 S3 QY42P 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required The short protection function is equivalent to a fuse 1 Change in external wiring Required External power supply is required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped AY41 UL QY41P Output module AY42 S1 QY42P AY42 S4 QY42P 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Fuse not replaceable 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a progra
290. inal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connection et pen 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 2 ide di x pplicable wire siz 0 75 to 1 5mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 Wiring change is required inch or less 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A i R1 25 3 Applicable solderless ete SSR Sleeved solderless terminals x terminal V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Sa noibe sed V2 S3 V2 YS3A Nurser of occupied 32 points I O assignment 16 points O assignment 7 1 0 assignment differs points Interrupt 32 points Intelligent Current consumption 0 14A TYP all points ON 0 06A TYP all points ON ie a 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm a External dimensio Wi 3 E 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MAg SPARSIS MATTON Weight 0 40kg 0 20kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QI60 3 114 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 2 5 Blanking module and dummy module specifications comparison 1 Specifications comparison between AG60 and QG60 Specification Number of I O O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement number 1
291. ing gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 14 A3NCPU 4 I O points 2048 points gt 2048 points A3NCPUP21 4 5 I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points 4 QO02UCPU 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 20k steps ASNCPURZI 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 4086k points A3NCPUP21 S3 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 0095ps 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points QO6UDHCPU 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 20k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory CPU module Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us 0 079ys 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 4 I O points 512 points gt
292. instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points 384k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 10 3 4 I O points 4096 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 384k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 60 4 I O points 4096 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps gt 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 3
293. int 1 Conversion adapter a 1 slot type Mountable to Q Series large type base unit Separate adapters for I O modules analog modules and high speed modules are available respectively Refer to Section 1 2 2 3 Point b 2 slot type Not mountable to Q Series large type base unit 1 For I O module Conversion adapter 2 slot type Input Out MELSEC A Series MELSEC Q Series put module model module model MELSEC A Series MELSEC Q Series AX11 1 Input r QX10 x 2 modules ERNT AQTX11 AX11EU AY10A 2 AY11A2 QY18A x 2 modules ERNT AQTY10A AY11AEU2 3 Terminal block Terminal block AY13E 3 QY10 x 2 modules ERNT AQTY13 38 points 18 points Output AY13EU2 x 2 modules AY23 4 QY22 x 2 modules ERNT AQTY23 AY51 5 QY50 x 2 modules uu ERNT AQTY51 AY81 QY80 x 2 modules AY81EP 1 Replaceable with Q Series large type input module QX11L 2 Replaceable with Q Series large type output module QY11AL 3 Replaceable with Q Series large type output module QY13L 4 Replaceable with Q Series large type output module QY23L 5 Replaceable with Q Series large type output module QY51PL 2 For analog module Conversion adapter 2 slot type Input Out MELSEC A Series MELSEC Q Series put module model module model MELSEC A Series MELSEC Q Series A68AD Voltage Current mixed input A68AD S2 Voltage Current mixed input
294. int switch over using switch External connection 37 pin D sub connector 40 ti 2 Opt O method Soldered x 2 pin connector 2 Option eee 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm oO Ap nee For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 085A TYP all points ON O F 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensio carta bea inaaes 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 4 Weight 0 60kg 0 13kg O 1 Use the QX81 S2 QX82 at 24VDC 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 3 2 2 Output module specifications comparison 1 Specifications comparison between AY10 and QY10 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method s different bug the performance is equivalent nee 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point creas yortage 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated swi
295. int switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point ETEA The 40 pin connectors are sold manod Two 40 pin connectors Solder Two 40 pin connectors Option O separately Purchase them separately Wey 2 0 3mm Slee aaa Camm for A6CON1 or A6CON4 a The 40 pin connectors are sold Accessory Two external wiring connectors x separately Purchase them separately External TEEDE Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC x External power supply is power Ripple ratio within 5 required Sape Current 20mA at 24VDC common x Current consumption eh 0 15A TYP all points ON O TYP 60 or less simultaneous ON eri C 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D ui 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 17kg O 3 92 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 25 Specifications comparison between AY50 and QY50 3 93 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Ol ting load volt Vol
296. ints 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q12HCPU 6 Program capacity 92k steps gt 124k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 128k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q3ACPU QO04UDHCPU 6 Program capacity 92k steps 40k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 128k points Using memory card 4096k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max
297. ints ON a Review current capacity since current consumption is increased F 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm bs Exteel dimensions 9 9 a x 1 48 as 5 16 x inch 3 86 ie 1 08 Ae a inch A iring space is narrow Weight 0 60kg 0 22kg O 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 11 Specifications comparison between AY13EU and QY10 Specification AY13EU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY10s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A j intsor more Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method different b t the performance is equivalent PARO 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point T voltage 24VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 5A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 49 9VAC 264VAC o voltage 74 9VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 24
298. ion O ie P P O BIN 16 bit addition subtraction 5 P P O x x O ATAA e P P O BIN 16 bit multiplication division O iP P O Ladder block series connection ANB ANB O Series connection AND AND O AND lt AND lt O AND lt AND lt O 5 AND lt gt AND lt gt O 16 bit data comparison AND AND O AND gt AND gt O AND gt AND gt O ANDD lt ANDD lt O ANDD lt ANDD lt O 3 ANDD lt gt ANDD lt gt O 32 bit data comparison ANDD ANDD O ANDD gt ANDD gt O ANDD gt ANDD gt O Series connection ANI ANI O Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 B B O T a P B P B P O BCD 4 digit addition subtraction B B O B P B P O B B O one meee et B P B P O BCD 4 digit multiplication division B B O B P B P O C ion fi BIN data to 4 digit BCD BED BCD Q on on from ata i ER Dr BCDP BCDP O Us BIN BIN O Conversion from 4 digit BCD to BIN data BINP BINP O R BMOV BMOV O Block 16 bit data transfer BMOVP BMOVP O ai ide BRST BRST O ri 0 ri it reset for word devices BRSTP BRSTP 5 A BSET BSET O Bit set for word devices BSETP BSETP O ee 7 BSFL BSFL O 1 bit shift to left of n bit data BSFLP BSFLP O TR A A BSFR BSFR O 1 bit shift to right of n bit data BSFRP BSFRP O T 13 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required ACPU Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance mo
299. ion LED ON indication LED 20 point External connection i po 18 point terminal block aA terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved ree terminais X terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity when r using two or more QX28s since Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A Mae he current consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ee External dimensions Wi 5 palaces 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MINS Ree ley re Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 38kg 0 20kg A using 2 QX28s or more since the 4 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 fe 100 sT 4100 55 C M 87 5 55 C on 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 240V 264V 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX28 weight is increased in that use 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 5 Specifications comparison between AX21 and QX28 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 8 points Compat ibility Precauti
300. ions for replacement The Q62P is wide range type Input l Oo Le Labeler da 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC applicable to 100 to 240VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less O Max input t Renae aia 155VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Rated output 5VDC 5A 3A A Check the current consumption of current 24VDC 0 8A 0 6A A entire system Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 3 3A or more O protection 24VDC 1 2A or more 0 66A or more O Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more O LED indicati Power indicator Power LED display 5VDC ae O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm2 O Applicable solderless R1 25 4 R2 4 A F P RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Wi h d terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 i x i ik EAER Applicable tightening 78 to 118N cm 66 to 89N om 7 Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque 250 H x 55 W x 121 D 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D External dimensions H SSW D ea H x W 30D ne 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 94 0 39 Allowabl t ETE ER within 20ms within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of 1500Vp p S noise voltage 1us noise width Noise durabilit N It 150
301. is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 3 14 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY13E QY10 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Required No fuse 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY13EU QY10 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required Output module AY15EU QY10 E e 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Chang
302. it are unnecessary Moreover Q series modules are mountable Q series large type base unit Q series large type 1 0 module Attach the terminal block without change Remove the wiring terminal block from existing I O module i METER VTS FL PETHEN EY p Upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd conversion adapter Kx Attach the terminal block without change Q For power supply module and CPU module mount Q series large Q series standard modules 9 Remove the wiring type I O module terminal block from existing I O module Q series module Q series module Q series large type blank cover QG69L necessary when Q series standard ANE modules are mixed a The 32 point terminal block used for the A QnA series can be attached to the Q series large type I O module without changing external wiring This permits eliminating wiring change when replacing the A QnA series b The Q series large type I O module has performance specifications equivalent to the A QnA series c Since the A QnA series base unit has the same mounting dimensions with the Q series large type base unit the mounting holes can be utilized d The Q series large type I O module and Q series module can be mounted together on the Q series large type base unit The upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd hereafter abbreviated as upgra
303. it snaps into place Incorrect mounting may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module When using the programmable controller in an environment of frequent vibrations fix the module with a screw Tighten the screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause drop of the screw short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction When using an extension cable connect it to the extension cable connector of the base unit securely Check the connection for looseness Poor contact may cause incorrect input or output When using a memory card fully insert it into the memory card slot Check that it is inserted completely Poor contact may cause malfunction Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing the module Failure to do so may result in damage to the product A module can be replaced online while power is on on any MELSECNET H remote I O station or in the system where a CPU module supporting the online module change function is used Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be replaced online and each module has its predetermined replacement procedure For details refer to the relevant sections in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection and in the manual for the corresponding module Do not directly touch any conductive part of the module D
304. ity for the aea mode write during RUN in advance gi Stores the data of all devices in th tt a cer The Q series does not include the Status latch memory card at the occurrence x x ae status latch function a of an error for monitoring by the B peripheral device c Stores the data of specified Salia tees devices at the specified o5 o E intervals for monitoring by the peripheral device Stops the execution of a The Q series does not include the Step operation sequence program at the x x step operation function Consider specified step the debug with GX Simulator Online I O Enables I O modules to be Replace I O module while CPU is module replaced while the CPU is in x O in RUN Only supported for replacement RUN Process CPU E ti If di tics t 8 Self diagnostics tienda E Error codes differ between the A function ope einen she Q 2 series and Q series S CPU etc T St detected by th 3 hits hae i oe e r The Q series can store error history diagnostics function into the data in a memory card up to 100 Error history CPU Error details can be O O i 3 4 Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 High Performance model is the generic term for the QO2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 5 The QOOUJCPU does not support the sampling trace fun
305. k cover QG69L is required 8 The QA QA15S extension base unit can be used with the High Performance model QCPU or the Universal model QCPU with a serial number first five digits of 13102 or later 9 If the size of the wire connected to the terminal block is larger than 1 25mm ERNT AQTX41 AQTY41 AQTX81 AQTY81 AQT68AD AQT68ADN AQT68DA and AQTD61 modules may be difficult to mount In this case secure wiring space by leaving empty slots in between modules For example mount modules on slot No 0 2 4 6 8 and leave slot No 1 3 5 7 empty If the number of slots is insufficient consider using the Q Series large type base unit J l al al lal lm 10 To be used when replacing the AY51 with two QY50 modules and a conversion adapter Or when replacing the A616AD with two Q68ADV I modules and a conversion adapter In both cases the existing wired terminal blocks can be used x Conversion adapter Existing AY51 terminal block For MELSEC A QnA large type Series to Q Series transition related products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd or Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd contact your local sales office or representative 1 2 3 Precautions for transition from large sized A QnA series to Q series a Before replacing the A QnA large type series by the Q series be sure to refer to manuals for each Q series module to check the functions specifications and usage
306. k must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required AX31 S1 QX41 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required Chan
307. kg O 3 102 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 35 Specifications comparison between AY80 and QY80 3 103 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Ol ting load volt Volt 28 8VDC is not etna 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A oaae ova iii range applicable p 0 5A point 0 5A point M load t O U agers 2A common 4A common l i Adme ori ss Carefully oe load for use Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less A since the inrush current value 3 5A 100ms or less i differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 1 5VDC Max 0 5A O ON Max 0 3VDC Max 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response 2ms or less ims or less time ON to OFF Resistive load Rated load resistive load Q Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode O As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB19 Common terminal TB17 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 2A fast blow fuse 1 fuse common 6 7A Unchangeable When necessary connect a f
308. ks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY10 QY10 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points gt 32 points 16 points x 2 modules AY10A QyYi8A Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half Change in functions Not required Change in external wiring Required Change in the number of slots Not required Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Change in functions Required No varistor relay not replaceable 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change
309. l Remote I O station Counter Measure z A RFRP Reprogram for the network modules to use with a QCPU access instruction RTOP LED c i ounter Measure Display instructi t LEDA ne ay es me es excep Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does dedicated instruction LEDB not have the LED display function LEDC Counter Measure Special format failure checks CHK Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement Change candidate instruction CHKST CHK instruction 3 ees Status latch instruction aut Counter Measure ineimucitom SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Suppl t Sampling trace instruction Supplemen i STRAR Change candidate instructions STRA gt TRACE instruction STRAR gt TRACER instruction Carry flag instruction STC0693 tomoya Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Supplement CLC Change candidate instructions STC gt SET SM700 instruction CLC gt RST SM700 instruction Print ASCII code instruction PR Counter Measure The High Performance model QCPU can use these instructions Comment print instruction PRC For measures of when the Universal model CPU is used refer to the TECHNICAL BULLETIN No FA A 0068 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Instruction type ACPU instruction Corrective action
310. la ie Oe ee Use initial value 0 2ms for the OFF to ON 0 2ms or less s O input response time of CPU parameter setting ai Mnai parameters Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1 SEIS i RER O Use initial value 0 2ms for the ON to OFF 0 2ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting i Pa parameters Initial setting is 0 2ms Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common o arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection Ea 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm 2 core Applicable wire si 2 ide di x pplicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 Wiring change is required inch or less 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A Applicable solderless 2 S3 2 YS3A Sleeved eA terminals z terminal V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A cantotibe used V2 S3 V2 YS3A Number of occupied 32 points I O assi t K Sia por s SSSA TEN 16 points I O assignment Interrupt x I O assignment differs points Intelligent 32 points Current consumption 0 14A TYP all points ON 0 06A TYP all points ON O a 3 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ne External dim o Wi i TEAR 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inchy MNG SPACES MANON Weight 0 40kg 0 20kg O d Check the specifications of the
311. lation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 40VDC 10 2 28 8VDC A Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 8A common 0 1A point 1 6A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop at 1 R 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response 1ms or less time N to OFF 2 l Resistive load ONT Mepelese Resistive load Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode 3 As the common changes from 8 points common A Common terminal g 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Commontermina T319 Common terminal TB18 A wiring with a different voltage for 3 TB20TB10 TB20 g i g each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection None Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 20 point External connection poin 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable so
312. lderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals z terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8V A 10 2 to 40VDC A eee applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 l supply cinan 8mA 10mA at 24VDC o 24VDC TYP common Max all points ON Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 065A TYP all points ON O 5 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm or Exe maldiwensiene 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 4 Wiring space is narrow Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 16 Specifications comparison between AY40P and QY40P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operaio lead volade 10 2 26 4VDC 10 2 28 8VDC o range Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 8A common 0 1A point 1 6A common Oo Maximum inrush current 0 38A 5ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at a 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O KEE ims or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load R
313. lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR the PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited to the use of the PRODUCT in Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment f
314. ligent function modules and network modules review programs and parameters Applicable range of conversion from ACPU by GX Developer The following table shows the applicable range of conversion from the ACPU to other programmable controllers As it shows converting to any type of CPU module is possible Change source Change destination programmable controller Product programmable QnACPU controller GX Developer acu o d o 2 Operation of GX Developer a Select Change PLC type of the Project menu I Project Edt Eind Replace Convert View Onine Diagnostics Tools Window Help lj x New project Cirle aps gt TE Cates cay ales aa e from a fa fs fa Fi d Close project Sie tel poled es t OE Els E sF sF8 aF 7 aF8 aF5 coF5 A0 F10 aF9 E Save Cubs a ol ziel lel al cielo wl Delete project MO Verify le Copp 1 M1 Edt Data gt Change PLC type END Import file Export file gt Macro gt Function Block gt Printer setup Print Chie 1 C My Documents program 2 CAMELSECALLT Sample program 3 CAWINDOWS Desktop Samplel 4 CAWINDOWS Desktop qcpu_fb Start new GX Developer session Exit GX Developer f Changes the PLC type Q25PH Host station Ovne NUM A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT b Specify the target programmable controller type in the Change PLC type dialog Change PLC type pek en QCP U Qmode v PLC
315. llowing table shows the conversion ratio when changing the programmable controller type of the ACPU common instructions to the QCPU More than 90 of the common instructions are automatically converted Universal model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Number of Number of Number of Instruction type g j instructions 3 Conversion instructions g instructions applicable for a ratio requiring automatic Average level manual change conversion Contact instruction 6 6 0 100 Connection instruction 5 5 0 100 Output instruction 6 5 1 83 Sequence rr z j Shift instruction 2 2 0 100 instruction Master control instruction 2 2 0 100 Termination instruction 2 2 0 100 Other instruction 3 3 0 100 Total number of sequence instruction 26 25 1 96 Comparison operation instruction 36 36 0 100 Arithmetic operation instruction 40 40 0 100 BCD lt BIN conversion instruction 8 8 0 100 Basic instruction Data transfer instruction 16 16 0 100 Program branch instruction 9 9 0 100 Program switching instruction 1 0 1 0 Link refresh instruction 2 2 0 100 Total number of basic instruction 112 111 1 99 Logical operation instruction 18 18 0 100 Rotation instruction 16 16 0 100 Shift instruction 12 12 0 100 Data processing instruction 20 19 1 95 ah ae FIFO instruction 4 4 0 100 Application 5 j Buffer memory access instruction
316. lown O PLC RAS mode when l O module comparison o setting thereisan error error Special module access error O The name changes to Intelligent module program execution error Memory card access error O Memory card operation error O Constant scanning O F No display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function Annunciator ET aea d Comment display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function splay mode aoe Occurrence time x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function Drive O Break down a nae 5 Since the storage destination is fixed for the Universal model QCPU i history Eoy iE 5 these settings are not available eee The Universal model QCPU does not support low speed execution type Low speed program execution time O program I O assignment A Reviewing is required if the QCPU base unit has other than 8 slots Boot file setting O Program setting O SFC SFC program start mode O j Start conditions O setting z Output mode when the block is stopped O Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible with the MELSECNET Il B x MESECNET Il B MELSECNET 10 H O Converted to the MELSECNET 10 mode Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible with the Network MESECNET MINI Compatibility is available by creating a sequence MELSECNET MINI A parameter program The Universal model QCPU does not support this parameter CC Link ane The Use the KeepAlive of TCP Existence confirmation setti
317. m Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Fuse not replaceable 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 32 16 x 2 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Required 48VDC not applicable Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Fuse not replaceabl
318. ma ores 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A Reduced 2 2VDC or less 0 2mA or less SW OFF Approx 1 4kQ SW ON 4 Input t A 3 3kKQ i i 2 nput resistance Approx 5 5kQ SW OFF pprox A Input resistance has increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON Tomsons 70ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF Smeori ss 70ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED e 20 point External connection s ioe 18 point terminal block nod terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm an External dimensio Wi A ada 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch p
319. memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q13UDHCPU 6 Program capacity 92k steps gt 130k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 512k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card CPU module 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 075us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 10 3 4 I O points 4096 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q12HCPU 6 Program capacity 124k steps gt 124k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 128k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 075us 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 3 8 gt 60 4 I O poi
320. mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 2 x k 0 r3 to 2mm For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Reviewi l it Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON Ke po es a is required 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions v0 oe 0 ae H x pee 301D ae 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 36kg 0 18kg O 4 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX82 S1 3 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 ON ratio 80 common 70 60 50 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 24VDC 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 5055 C 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 30 Specifications comparison between AX80E and QX70 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated input current 4mA 10mA i 1 Input curren m m 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiina volta
321. module Iy Dy keyword registration The settings for the output The settings of output status at status at changing from STOP to RUN Y between re output In case of transition from the A changing from operation status before STOP O series it is necessary to re set the STOP to RUN and output after operation parameters execution i ae a 7 The Q series handles the four digits which data can be read written Clock function The clock data consists of year A of the year western calendar 7 month date hour minute second and a day of the week whereas the A series handles only the last two digits 1 Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 High Performance model is the generic term for the Q02CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 3 Device numbers are converted upon the programmable controller type change by GX Developer Refer to Section 7 4 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Function Contents Changes writes to the O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Precaution for replacement For the Q series it is necessary to Reference section monitored from peripheral devices errors as well as in the built in memory Write duri s i Secti aer Eg program of a CPU in the RUN o o4 set the reserved capac
322. ms 5ms 10ms 20 a ae Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting sa Bocas parameters Initial setting is 10ms Corer Ee 32 points common 32 points common erent Common terminal Common terminal 1B01 1B02 O Koogenen 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indication ATED ON indication LED o 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch External connection 40pin connector A m with solder x 2 40 pin connector Option O The 40 pin connectors are sold Amm separately Purchase two pin Applicable wire size 2 m O connectors separately Be ean For A6CON1 or A6CON4 site Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 085A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H W D ee H x eee MR A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 13kg O 1 Use the QX41 S2 QX42 at 24VDC 3 46 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 23 Specifications comparison between AX42 S1 and QX42 S1 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicabl
323. ms or less 1ms or less O ane Ronse 2ms or less 1ms or less Q x 5S time N to OFF O 6 9 9 Resistive load Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement Common terminal 2A1 2A2 Common terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC Ext i VEE 12 24VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not soma g 10 2 to 40VDC ead A applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 supply Caroni 0 04A 24VDC TYP 0 015A AVDE common o The 40 pin connectors are sold Max all points ON separately Purchase separately Operon inceta ON noication LED ON indication LED o 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch 40 pi tor x 2 The 40 pi t Id External connection method 40 pin connector x 2 pin gonneg ar O RER RR Option separately Purchase separately 2 Applicable wire size 0 3mm comm O For A6CON1 or A6CON4 40 pin connector x 2 The two 40 pin connectors are Accessory i None x sold separately Purchase Soldering type separately 64 points 32 points Number of occupied points I O assignment output 64 I O assignment input output x Output number Y O differs 3 points composite Current consumption 0 25A TYP all points ON 0 13A TYP all points ON Oo 3 REPLACING I O MODULES Cc t Specification ompa Precautions for replacement ibility External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54
324. n specifications AX10 QX10 Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 32 16 x 2 AX11 Qx10 1 4 Change in specifications Input module Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 32 16 x 2 AX11EU QX10 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required a Replacing with the Q series large type I O module is possible For details refer to Section 3 1 2 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alter
325. n the diagram when replacing with the Q series Specifications change of rated voltage value The QX40 and the QX8L type DC input module of the Q series are dedicated to 24VDC Use QX70 0 at 12VDC 3 116 3 REPLACING I O MODULES e Specifications change of response time For the Q series DC input modules the I O response time can be set with the parameter Set the I O response time with parameters adjusting it to the response time of the A series input module f Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangement may differ between the A series and Q series Pay attention when applying a different voltage to each common 4 Precautions for output module a Specifications change of output current value Some of the Q series output modules support lower output current than those of the A series Check the specification of the load side when using the Q series output module with smaller output current b Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangement may differ between the A series and Q series Pay attention when applying a different voltage to each common c Specifications change of common maximum load current Since the maximum load current per common may differ between the A series and Q series check them before use 3 117 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS ee 4 1 List of Alternative Mod
326. n the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules AY40A QY68A Change in the number of output points 16 points x 1 Output module module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required Response Slow 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function QY41P equipped 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program AY41P Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage No
327. n the range shown in simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON Perr sho dETANNg chat the derating chart 34VDC ON voltage ON current PEIS 28VDC or more 2 5mA or more O 3 0mA or more 10VDC or OFF voltage OFF current ia 10VDC or less 1 0mA or less o 1 0mA or less Input resistance Approx 11kW Approx 11 2kW O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 5ms or less 15ms or less O time ON to OFF 10ms or less 20ms or less 20ms or less O i As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 16 points common two commons to one common Common terminal A os y arrangement TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 wiring with a different voltage for f each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED Oo 20 point External connection pik 18 point terminal block wank terminal block connector M3 x 6 x metho M3 x 6 screws screws 2 2 we 0 75 to 2mm 0 3 to 0 75mm core Wiring change is required Applicable wire size Applicable tightening torque Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x 68 6N cm inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals z terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 55mA TYP all points ON 50mA TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm oe x External dimensio Wi 5 E 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch mug SPARES NETON Weight 0 37kg 0
328. n to contacts from the start of the ladder block The following table shows replacement of index register when A series program was utilized to the Q series with Change PLC type A series Q series Z ZO Z1 to Z6 Z1 to Z6 V Z7 V1 to V6 Z8 to Z13 Point When modifying contact instructions of timer counter with indexes AnA AnUCPU has no restrictions on index registers For QCPU only Z0 Z1 can be specified for index registers when modifying contact instructions of timer counter with indexes according to its specification When using index registers other than Z0 Z1 in the existing AnA AnUCPU it is replaced with SM1255 as unconvertible instruction Therefore correcting changing program is required A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 2 Index register 32 bit specification When using index register as 32 bit instruction in the A series Z and V that has the same number with Z are processed as low order 16 bit value and high order 16 bit value respectively However the Q series processes Zn and Zn 1 as low order 16 bits and high order 16 bits respectively If a program to which Change PLC type is performed includes index register with 32 bit specification reviewing the index register after Change PLC type is necessary The following shows an example using an instruction whose operation result will be in 32 bits Instruction A series Q series V1 Z1 Z2 Z1 DMOV DO Z1 High order Low order Hig
329. n type Select the execution type of files set in the program name 1 Initial execution type Initial This type of programs is executed only one time when switching the power supply from off to on or STOP status to RUN status 2 Scan execution type Scan This type of programs is executed every scan after having executed the initial execution type program T 46 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT T 47 3 Low speed execution type Low speed This type of programs is executed only when the constant scan or low speed type program execution time is set 4 Stand by type Wait This type of program is executed only when demanded 5 Fixed scan execution type Fixed scan This type of program is executed per interval set in the Fixed scan interval and In unit e Fixed scan interval Sets the program execution interval of fixed execution type program Setting range depends on the unit set in the fixed scan interval e Unit For ms 0 5 to 999 5ms 0 5ms unit For s 1 to 60s 1s unit Selects the unit ms or s for the fixed scan interval A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 11 Precautions for file register replacement This section provides precautions for replacing the ACPU or QnACPU using file registers with the QCPU ACPU QnACPU QCPU aa Memory card Standard RAM Storage destination Memory cassette Up to 2 cards 4 drives Memory card 1card Standard RAM Up to 512k points 1018k points x 2 Maximum
330. n using 17 Number of input points 32 points 16 points A pointe ornare Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O 3 Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz i Rated t t 12mA 120VAC 60H 1 P i AE mA 2 Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz A Reduced Inrush current Max 300mA within 1ms 132VAC Max 200mA within 1ms 132VAC O Opening N nee 85 to 132 VAC 85 to 132VAC o E EE 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 60 20 points i 9 3 Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 80VAC 5mA ON voltage ON current 79VAC or more 6mA or more cone nny rete O 30VAC or less 1 7mA or OFF voltage OFF current 40VAC or less 4mA or less cue nie onsen A Reduced 1 r 7 Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz Input resistance has increased input resistance A Approx 12kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 4 OFF to ON 15ms or less 15ms or less o Response 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time 25ms or less 20ms or less N to OFF O ONES 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 32 points Common terminal poe atlas 16 points common arrangement Comman terminal Common terminal TB17 g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection on 18 point terminal block raion terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3
331. nal comment e Comments are automatically replaced upon the QCPU conversion e The comment capacity of the QCPU depends on memory capacity Writing programs to ROM The ROM operation is executed with the EP ROM Specification e The boot run is executed with programs stored in a standard ROM or memory card upon the QCPU replacement Measure e Execute the boot setting of PLC parameter Section 7 7 12 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 2 Comparison between QnACPU and QCPU QnACPU specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible QCPU specification and precautions Compat for replacement ibility Refer to Sequence program Specification Each program is dealt as one file O SFC program Each program is dealt as one file Specification e With Change PLC type instructions are converted automatically except some e Dedicated instructions as display j i Y SxDep A instructions R Instruction LED instruction status latch SLT A Section 7 2 Measure instruction etc are available Correct a program since some instructions are converted to SM1255 and SD1255 Basic model QCPU SM999 and SD999 Specification e Data is stored in a standard RAM or memory card Data is stored in a memory card e One block is set in 32k points unit Section File register f f A One block is set in 32k points unit
332. native models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules Change in the number of input points 16 points x 1 AX20 QX28 module 8 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Not required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 4 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 32 points 64 points 16 points x 4 modules Change in the number of input points 32 points x 1 Input module AX21 Qx28 1 module gt 8 points x 4 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 4 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 32 points
333. ncompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points a Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 oera aeae rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A p 4 Pith Me ea Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 TAYE sie hor applicable Mex nur eee of 100 8 points common 100 Simultaneously ON o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more bs 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ase Baan us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting iy ai parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 P peaa i Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting ram t rs Initial setting is 10ms p i As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common A two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB18 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible
334. nd determine corrective actions to be taken between the external device and CPU module in case of a communication failure CAUTION Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm 3 94 inches or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise When a device such as a lamp heater or solenoid valve is controlled through an output module a large current approximately ten times greater than normal may flow when the output is turned from off to on Take measures such as replacing the module with one having a sufficient current rating After the CPU module is powered on or is reset the time taken to enter the RUN status varies depending on the system configuration parameter settings and or program size Design circuits so that the entire system will always operate safely regardless of the time Installation Precautions A CAUTION Use the programmable controller in an environment that meets the general specifications in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product To mount the module while pressing the module mounting lever located in the lower part of the module fully insert the module fixing projection s into the hole s in the base unit and press the module until
335. ng in the Ethernet operations is automatically set T 28 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 4 Special Relay Replacement 7 4 1 The special relay is an internal relay that has a set application in a programmable controller This section explains how to replace special relays when replacing the ACPU programs with QCPU programs For details of each special relay and their operation in A QnACPU and QCPU refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special relay from the one for the ACPU With Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the ACPU special relay M9000 and after with the QCPU special relay SM Refer to Section 7 1 2 EE Point Some ACPU special relays are not compatible with the QCPU Those special relays not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special relays SM1255 1 when changing programmable controller type Search the dummy special relays SM1255 and correct the programs as required 4 For the Basic model QCPU it is converted to the SM999 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU Basically special relays for the QnACPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU 1 When programs for the QnA series CPU are replaced with those for the High Performance model QCPU by Change PLC type devices for the
336. ng connecters or convert the connecters to terminal blocks with the following methods e Use the converter module for the connecters and terminal block Use the converter module manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd e Use the upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd contact your local sales representative 2 Connecter for external wiring External wiring connecters are not included in a package of the 32 and 64 points I O module of the Q series Purchase the necessary number of the connecters AGCONL separately 3 Precautions for input modules a Specifications change of rated input current b c d Check the specifications of connecting devices such as sensors and switches since rated input current is reduced for some Q series input modules compared to that for the A series Specifications change of OFF current Check the specifications of sensors and switches since some of the Q series input modules support lower OFF current than those of the A series Specifications change of maximum number of simultaneous input points Check the specifications of sensors and switches since some of the Q series input modules have less maximum number of simultaneous input points than those of the A series Refer to the derating diagram and use within the range shown i
337. nnot be used c Number of network modules is shown in the following table QO0JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU QO2CPU Reference 1 module MELSECNET H 4 modules only PLC to PLC network is available remote I O network is not available Ethernet 1 module 4 modules CC Link 1 module 4 modules App 2 Appendix 1 2 CPU Function module specifications comparison Contents A QnA series Repetitive operation of stored A2CCPU AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU Control method O O O O O program I O control method Refresh mode Direct mode A fon A A A POIA Language dedicated to sequence ln ae e g control Relay symbol Logic O O O O O Geg symbol MELSAP language Processing speed Sequence instructions us step 1 25 1 0 0 15 0 15 0 075 Watchdog ti WDT me Watchdog timer WDT ms 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 200 200 5 to 2000 Max 448K Max 768K Max 1024K Memory capacit User memory capacity bytes vi ee eae a Max remake Meapaciy y capacity byt Built in RAM Y Y y SRAM card cassette cassette cassette Sequence program steps Max 8K Max 30K x 2 Max 30K x 2 Max 30K x 4 Max 124K Program capacity Microcomputer program bytes Max 14K Max 58K x x x Number of occupied i 4 vO points Number of I O points points 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 512 to 4096 512 to 4096 Input device X points 5 512 256 to 2048 512
338. nt pay Maximum load current 2Alpoint 8A module A N When placing next to the power attention to the current used in supply module 3A common the entire module 4A 100 l Maximum inrush current TRR 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage d t AER eee ean 4 5VDC 2A 0 3VDC Max 2A o Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A A Response time differs time ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load 10ms or less Resistive load A Surge suppressor Varistor 108 to 132V Zener diode O The wiri f terminal block Common terminal 8 points common Not provided 7 te iene S arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 All points independent A differs singe all th contactsof 2 i F p the QY68A are independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O N 3 2A fast blow fuse TS Fuse Installing a fuse to an external cable x 2 fuses common type MP 32 is recommended F Fuses are not built in 1 Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse blows LED indicates it x and signal is output to CPU 20 point External connection A pan 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals A terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used
339. nt consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON O F 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Exe palidiwensiens 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 24 Specifications comparison between AY42 S4 and QY42P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 92A common 0 1A point 2A common oO Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 1 0VDC TYP 0 1A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 2 5VDC Max 0 1A 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less oe la 1ms or less ime ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load Rated load resistive load O Surge suppressor FENE OAG EIN Zener diode O photocoupler 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal i aiangement Common terminal Common terminal O 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 pec tenindeaton oN indication LED oN indication LED o 32 po
340. nt consumption 3 4mA OmA 250mm H x 37 5mm W x 35 5mm D 9 84inch H x 1 48inch W x 1 40inch D Weight 0 2kg Supplied part Dustproof cover for the AnS small type series module External dimensions 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 6 Q Series Large Type Base Unit and Q Series Large Type I O Module When replacing the A QnA series CPU module by the Q series CPU module using the Q series large type base unit and Q series large type I O module 32 point terminal block used for the A QnA series can be attached without change Wiring change is unnecessary 5 6 1 Specifications 1 Q series large type base unit Product model Q series large type extension base unit Q series large type main base unit Without power as i With power supply 4 supply Number of mountable O 5 3 5 8 5 modules Extendability Mounting additional stages is possible Applicable module Q series module Q series large type I O module PDE Mtemalcarrent 0 11A 0 12A 0 11A 0 12A 0 10A consumption H 240mm External dimensions W 382mm 480mm 352mm 466mm 297mm D 110mm Weight 1 87kg 2 35kg 1 81kg 2 32kg 1 59kg DIN rail installation Cannot be installed 4 The A58B cannot be replaced by the Q series large type extension base unit Replace it by the Q68BL 5 21 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 2 QX11L type AC input module specifications comparison with AX11
341. nt foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction Wiring Precautions N CAUTION A protective film is attached to the top of the module to prevent foreign matter such as wire chips from entering the module during wiring Do not remove the film during wiring Remove it for heat dissipation before system operation Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Connect the main power supply to the power supply module in the control panel through a relay terminal block Wiring and replacement of a power supply module must be performed by maintenance personnel who is familiar with protection against electric shock For wiring methods refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Startup and Maintenance Precautions WARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock Correctly connect the battery connector Do not charge disassemble heat short circuit solder or throw the battery into the fire Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat explode or ignite resulting in injury and fire Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal screws or module fixing screws Failure to do so may result in electric shock Undertightening the terminal screws can
342. nts Max 1600 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max 4032 Max approx 50k Comment points Extended comment Max 3968 Max 3968 Max 3968 Max 3968 x Watchdog timer WDT eeleciecnosiics Memory entor detection CPU o o o o o error detection Battery error detection Operation mode at error E Stop Continue setting O O O O O Output mode switching Re output operation status at changing from STOP before STOP Selection of O O O O O to RUN 1 This number means the number of useable points on the program output after operation execution 2 The points are when the capacity of a memory card to be used is 2M bytes 3 This is the number of points that can be written to CPU 2 12 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Universal model QCPU O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Reference feltkiU Bp Q04UDH QO06UDH Q13UDH Precaution for replacement 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 2 8192 2 8192 8192 2 8192 8192 2 8192 2 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 8192 8192
343. nts 4096 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q4ACPU QO6UDHCPU 6 Program capacity 124k gt 60k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 384k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 8 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points Q13UDHCPU 6 Program capacity 124k gt 130k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 512k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards gt 8M bytes x 1 card 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 25us gt 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 1 gt 4 4 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 512 points gt 4096 points Q02CPU 6 Program capacity 8k gt 28k steps 7 File r
344. number Depends on applicable Depending on CPU model When using two 2M memory of points memory cassette used ds 4086k points cards When using a 8M memory card Number of points i 8k points 32k points 32k points for 1 block 1 Changing storage destination after replacement a Changing storage destination after replacement of the ACPU The value whose capacity has been set with the parameter of ACPU is not converted since the storage destination is different Set the storage destination and capacity points in the file setting of the PLC parameter setting Be sure to select Use the following file when setting the storage destination Selecting Use the following file makes the file equivalent to the ACPU b Changing storage destination after replacement of the QnACPU Drive No for storing file registers differs between the QnACPU and QCPU Set the parameters Standard RAM memory card RAM memory card ROM according to the drive where the file register is stored 2 Maximum number of points a Maximum number of points after replacement of the ACPU For the ACPU with the memory cassette A4UMCA 128 the memory capacity is 1MB When replacing the ACPU with the QCPU installing the SRAM card of 1MB or more secures the file register capacity of the ACPU b Maximum number of points after replacement of the QnACPU When two memory cards have been installed and files have been switched in using t
345. number RSET OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Remote I O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Block addition and subtraction SADD O Comparison between character strings SCMP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 SIN operation on floating decimal point data SIN SIN O Character string transfers SMOV MOV O Reading communication status SPBUSY OUT SM1255 x a ion 7 2 3 7 9 Section 7 2 3 7 9 Forced stop of communication processing SPCLR OUT SM1255 x a a 7 9 Square root operations for floating decimal point data SQR SQR O Reading the display status STAT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Conversion from BIN 16 bit to character string STR STR O Subtraction of floating decimal point data SUB E O SVWR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Setting comparison reference data SVWR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Upper and lower byte exchanges SWAP SWAP O TAN operation on floating decimal point data TAN TAN Q Bit test TEST TEST O Linking of random data UNI NUNI O Conversion from character string to BIN 16 bit data VAL VAL O Data dissociation in byte units WTOB WTOB Q ZCHGO OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 eae ZCHG1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Program switching ZCHG2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 ZCHG3 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Link refresh of designated network ZCOM S ZCOM O Section 7 2 3 5 Reading writing data from to special function module in ZNFR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 5 MELSECNET 10 remote I O station ZNTO OUT SM125
346. o ON 2ms or less 1ms or less O Response 3 i ms or less time ON to OFF 2 l Resistive load 2 ms or lgss Resistive lgad Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode EA 32 points common 32 points common Peete Common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 Common terminal 1A01 1A02 O 2A2 2A01 2A02 wae 4 GA nannal fuse The tuSeeduivalent short circuit Operation indication None A protection function is 2 fuses common i incorporated Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point Fuse blown is not displayed Fuse Yes x since the QY42P does not have fuses Pater ON indication LED ON indication LED Fuse blowindicato 32 point switch over using switch 32 point switch over using switch Q External connection Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors The AG pin c nnectors ars sold O separately Purchase them method Solder Option separately e 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm oO a was for A6CON1 or A6CON4 Two external wiring The 40 pin connectors are sold Accessory x connectors separately Purchase separately 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 40VDC i eines applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 ou Current OA 20mA at 24VDC o 24VDC TYP common mae yeowmon Curre
347. oad voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not range applicable 0 5A point 4A common 0 1A point Carefully select load for use Maximum load current When placing next to the power PAlcomihon A since the maximum load current supply module 3A common per point is lowered Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less A since the inrush current value differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Because different values for Maximum voltage drop at 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A maximum voltage drop are given ON i AYRE Max 0 5A 0 2VDC a 0 1A a care should aie aie loads to be used OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response 2ms or less 1ms or less ime ee Resistive load Rated load resistive load Q As the common changes from Common terminal 16 points common 32 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB17 TB35 Common terminal 17 18 36 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes Overheat protection function overload protection function Prolecton Nin Qverheat protection function is o activated in units of 2 points Overload protection function is activated in units of 1 point External connection N se point 37 pin D subconnector E terminal block connector Option x M3 x 6 screw
348. occupies 1 slot module Q Series module x O occupies 2 slots For terminal block type 16 point I O module 07 o occupies 1 slot For terminal block type 32 point I O module 7 m O A occupies 1 slot eoierion For terminal block type 32 point I O module gt 410 adapter occupies 2 slots A For high speed counter module ov A 9 For analog module occupies 1 slot o7 A For analog module occupies 2 slots x A110 Connection of QA QA1S extension base unit O O 1 Q Series large type base units can be used with Q Series base units standard products O Applicable Mountable A Applicable with restrictions Mountable x Not Applicable Not mountable 2 Mount a Q Series base unit standard product on the base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd 3 Check mounting conditions before using the upgrade tool because wiring space is reduced due to a decrease in the module s width MELSEC A Series module 7 wo oa 27 4 1 14 1 INTRODUCTION 4 QOOUJCPU is not compatible 5 Number of common points and electrical specifications are same as that of large type A Series I O module 6 Since the adapters are mounted on Q Series modules the specifications and functions are same as those of the Q Series modules Please check the transition handbook since the specifications and functions are different from those of large type A Series module 7 Q Series large type blan
349. ode Direct mode oO o o 2 o 2 o 2 Language dedicated to sequence control Progra ng la O O O O O Ree e S Teel Relay symbol Logic symbol MELSAP language Processing speed Sequence instruction us step 1 25 1 0 0 15 0 15 0 075 Watchdog timer WDT Watchdog timer WDT ms 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 200 200 10 to 2000 32k Max 448k Max 768k Max 1024k Max 2036k x 2 User memory capacity bytes a Built in RAM Memory casette Memory casette Memory casette SRAM card Memory capacity Sold Memory casette Memory casette Memory casette SRAM card separately Sequence program steps Max 8k Max 30k x 2 Max 30k x 2 Max 30k x 4 Max 124k Program capacity Microcomputer program bytes Max 14k Max 58k x x x i Number of I O points oe 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 512 to 4096 512 to 4096 points points 4 Direct I O is also selectable with the I O control method setting switch 2 Basically only the refresh mode is applicable but some instructions devices can be input output in the direct mode 3 This is the capacity for the maximum number of steps in a sequence program 4 Only one memory card can be used 5 This is the number of applicable points for the access to the I O modules actually connected N R 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Precaution for
350. odule User s 50 SH 080670ENG 13JR98 Manual Type MELSECNET 10 Network system PLC to PLC network Reference 51 IB 66440 13JE33 Manual 52 For QnA Q4AR MELSECNET 10 Network System Reference Manual IB 66690 13JF78 Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module type 53 IB 66722 13J873 AJ61QBT11 A1SJ61QBT11 User s Manual 54 Positioning Module Type AD71 S1 S2 S7 A1SD71 S2 S7 User s Manual IB 66563 13JE98 55 PC fault detection module type AS91 A1SS91 AOJ2 S91 User s Manual IB 66626 13J828 App 14 Appendix 3 3 Q series 1 iQ Platform Programmable Controllers MELSEC Q Series QnU Catalog L 08101E 2 QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection SH 080483ENG 13JP73 Qn H QnPH QnPRHCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals oO SH 080808ENG 13JZ28 4 QnUCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals SH 080807ENG 13JZ27 5 MELSEC Q L Programming Manual Common Instruction SH 080809ENG 13JW10 6 MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 7 MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 8 QA65B Extension Base Unit User s Manual IB 0800158 13JR26 9 I O Module Type Building Block User s Manual SH 080042 13JL99 10 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Model Q6TE 18S User s Manual IB 0800204 13JT72 Insulation Displacement Connector for MELSEC Q Series 32 Point I O 11 IB 0800228 13JT92 Module U
351. of P f an external equipment to be ee wig aronie nn ean VoL 0 3VDC A connected since the maximum voltage drop is bigger when turning on OFF to ON ims or less 0 5ms or less Response 0 5ms or less time ON to OFF 1ms or less es resistive load 32 points Common terminal ee Sammon 32 points common arrangement Common terminal Common terminal A01 A02 Q g 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 f Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 1 6A Unchangeable Fus N O noe one Fuse blow capacity 50A Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse is blows LED indicates O it signal is output to CPU The 40 pin connector is sold External connection tely O oapaee Two 40 pin connectors Solder 40 pin connector Option Separa ey method 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs y E 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm O Ja me For A6CON1 or A6CONA The 40 pin connector is sold tely Accessory Two external wiring connectors None x pene r less ipes 33 points or more 2pcs 5 12VDC 5 12VDC External Voltage 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC O power Ripple ratio within 5 supply Curent 300mA 170mA at 12VDC o 12VDC TYP 1 common ON Max all points ON Current consumption 0 30A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions ce ya om aes eZ D ee A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 47kg 0 14
352. of the last two digits the week niece Changes writes to the For the Q series it is necessary to Section RUN program of a CPU in the RUN Oo O o o set the reserved capacity for the 243 mode write during RUN in advance di Stores the data of all devices in th tt E x The Q series does not include the Status latch memory card at the occurrence O o8 x x os status latch function of an error for monitoring by the peripheral device D Stores the data of specified Q devices at the specified Pe 21s ling t O 6 7 O eS es intervals for monitoring by the Q Q peripheral device Stops the execution of a The Q series does not include the Step operation sequence program at the x O x x step operation function Consider specified step the debug with GX Simulator Skips the devices used for OUT The Q series does not include the Offline switch inetucticn in the operation o o 3 8 oiling switch function _ processing of sequence Consider using the forced on off program function for external I O Online I O Enables I O modules to be Replace I O module while CPU is 8 module replaced while the CPU is in x O x x in RUN Only supported for amp replacement RUN Process CPU ka E ti If di tics t i Self diagnostics XESS SE AAAMOS ER R Error codes differ between the A z check for errors and stop a O O O O function CPU etc series and Q series 4 Universal model QCPU is the generic term for the QNUCPUs such as the QQQU
353. oing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module Wiring Precautions N WARNING Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or damage to the product After wiring attach the included terminal cover to the module before turning it on for operation Failure to do so may result in electric shock CAUTION Ground the FG and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor dedicated to the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them within the specified torque range If any spade solderless terminal is used it may be disconnected when the terminal screw comes loose resulting in failure Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Connectors for external connection must be crimped or pressed with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Incomplete connections could result in short circuit fire or malfunction Tighten the terminal screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause short circuit fire or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction Preve
354. oint common 32 points common Common terminal eenei Common terminal Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 B01 B02 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point Ext l ecti REE OM el terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws F EAE 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm x Aa Ore For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H w x D ee H x J230 1D joi A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 ON 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 18 Specifications comparison between AX41 UL and QX41 S2 Specification AX41 UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible e Cay Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Num
355. oints Extension stage 1 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable Applicable memory 4KRAM Sold separately 4KROM Sold separately 4KEROM Sold separately Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available QOOUCPU I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 08us PC MIX value 0 2 gt 7 36 I O points 256 points 1024 points I O device points 256 points gt 8192 points Program capacity 6k steps gt 10k steps File register points 0 point gt 64k points Extension stage 1 stage 4 stage Applicable memory 4KRAM Sold separately 4KROM Sold separately 4KEROM Sold separately Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 512 points gt 8192 points Q02CPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 28k steps 7 File register points 4k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Ext
356. ommon terminal 16 points common 32 points common As the common changes from two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal A01 A02 a wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Protection Overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point External connection 38 point terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws z ES 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 5 Li S A For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC eevee Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A A 10 2 to 40VDC ects applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 20mA Cc t 20mA at 24VDC O ca 24VDC TYP common maa Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 105A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions ye w x Jmm H x irs 30 ee A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possibl
357. omparison 2 esseseeceeeeeeeeeees 3 115 3 3 Precautions for I O Module Replacement ccececcceeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeececeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneenneaaeees 3 116 A 12 CHAPTER 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 1to4 9 4 1 List of Alternative Models for Power Supply Module ccececeeceeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecneaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 4 1 4 2 Power Supply Module Specifications CoMpariSONs ccceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement ceceeeceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaesaeeeeeeeeeeeens 4 9 CHAPTER 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 1to 5 34 5 1 List of Alternative Models for Base Unit and Extension Cable c ecceecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseenaaees 5 1 5 2 Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications Comparison 2 e ecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeneeaeees 5 2 5 2 1 Base unit specifications COMPAriSON ceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeceecceceaaecaeceeeeeeeeeeeseetecneececeeeeeeeerees 5 2 5 2 2 Extension cables specifications COMPAriSON ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenenaeeees 5 4 5 3 Precautions for Base Unit and Extension Cable Replacement ceccecceeeeeeeeeteeeeeseesnreaeees 5 5 5 3 1 Precautions for base unit replacement ccccecceceeeeeeeeeceeennenaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseesecsnenaeaaecaeeeeeeeeeess 5 5 5 3 2
358. on LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection pon 18 point terminal block moa terminal block connector M3 x 6 x ale M3 x 6 screws sorews 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity when 3 A using three or more QX28s since Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A aa current consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ga Ext Id Wi e EE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MMO SP AEE S NANON Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 50kg 0 20kg A using 3 QX28s or more since the weight is increased in that use 1 The following shows the derating chart 100 45 C 10 Top 4100 55C 240V 90 87 5 55 C 264V ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 R 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX28 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 6 Specifications comparison between AX21EU and QX28 Specification AX21EU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement 8 points Use the appropriate number of
359. on method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current consumption 110mA TYP all points ON 75mA TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W x 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 33kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 22 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 3 QX21L type AC input module specifications comparison with AX21 5 23 Specifications Number of input points AX21 AC input module 32 points QX21L AC input module 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage frequency 200 to 240VAC 50 60Hz 200 to 240VAC 10 15 50 60Hz 3Hz Input voltage distortion factor Within 5 Within 5 Rated input current 10mA 220VAC 60Hz 10mA 220VAC 60Hz Operating voltage range 170 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 170 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 Maximum number of simultaneous input points 60 20 points simultaneously O
360. onitoring by the peripheral device Stores the data of specified devices at the specified intervals for es y i 7 The Q series Basic model does not Sampling trace monitoring by the peripheral device O o 3 x x x h i include the sampling trance function to check the change of device status Step operation The Q series Basic model does not ic j Stops the execution of a sequence y i f skip operation ioaram at th snecifedist x O x x x include the step operation function partial operation prog P Consider the debug with GX Simulator Skips the devices used for OUT 3 Off line switch instruction in the operation O Q x x x ne uals BASIC made Ciia not include the off line switch function processing of sequence program The Q series Basi del d t Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replace o Sa te Aina Omode baer replacement while the CPU is in RUN i x x P function Self diagnostics Executes self diagnostics to check o o o o o Error codes differ between the A series function for errors and stop a CPU etc and Q series Basic model Only A2CCPU24 PRF is applicable A2CJCPU S3 and A2CCPU P21 R21 are not It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps The A1NCPU P21 R21 is not applicable App 6 2 Functional comparisons between AnACPU AnUCPU and Q series CPU Function Contents Executes the sequenc
361. ons for replacement Use the appropriate number of Number of input points 32 points 16 points occupied A QX28s when using 9 points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 O Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz a Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz Rated t t 10mA 220VAC 60H O Seon aS mAg z Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz aN Max 600mA within 0 12ms Max 500mA within 1ms o 264VAC 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC Operating voltage range O 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 60 20 points Ref heiderati hart 1 o simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON erer to the derating enart 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON volt ON t O Voltage ONcuren 5 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less 2 OFF voltage OFF current 7OVAC or less 3 5mA or less 50Hz 60Hz A Reduced Inpunresitance Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz o Approx 24kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 10ms or less Resporee ee Tees 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Q time 20ms or less ON to OFF 25 O 2 MSO SSS 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 3 32 points common Common terminal 8 points common i i Common terminal c i inal TB17 O arrangemen TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Common terminal Operation indication ON indicati
362. or Q series create only one P g occurs interrupt program to share between the two programs Display priority of The settings for ON OFF of ERROR o o o o Target errors vary for each model but there ERROR LED LED at the occurrence of error are no functional differences Manages all of parameters sequence File management programs device comments file O O O O Only one file can be created for each file registers etc as files aed Selects a suitable execution type for For the Q series Basic model only one ladder rodam program application and divides each O x x x program and SFC program is respectively eg program by designer process or others available Set all execution type to Scan Performs the I O assignments to any When using a base unit with other than 8 I O assignment individual module regardless of its O A A A slots set the number of slots with the mounted position parameter I O assignment setting E ites th ft BEN EREE ead For the Q series Basic model the boot run Boot run ROM reading it from the memory card to the aeia CPU built in memory when the CPU O A A A can be executed with the standard ROM built p y in the CPU but not with the memory card goes to RUN mode Data protection The Q seri hibit h file fi bei F Lae y Prohibits peripheral devices from S nee Reon cae ie oun eng function System is read written by password registration reading writing to programs and i a protect Keyword whereas the QnA ser
363. or Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of injury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifications of the PRODUCTs are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region REVISIONS Print Date Handbook Number The handbook number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Revision Mar 2005 L NA 08043ENG A First edition Apr 2005 L NA 08043ENG B Correction Section 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 7 2 1 Appendix 1 Addition Appendix 1 1 Changed item numbers Appendix 1 1 to Appendix 1 4 Appendix 1 2 to Appendix 1 5 Oct 2005 L NA 08043ENG C Addition Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Partial correction Contents Section 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 5 1 5 2 2 7 4 1 7 4 3 7 5 1 7 5 3 Appendix 1 Appendix 3 Nov 2007 L NA 08043ENG D Section 3 2 1 16 5 5 7 7 7 Partial correction Entire review of terms and symbols in tables SAFETY
364. or higher or 15VDC output is 14 25V or lower Min contact switching load 5VDC 10mA Max contact switching load 264VAC 2A R load Power ON indication Terminal screw size M3 x 0 5 x6 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable solder ppliceble soldericss V1 25 4 V1 25 YS4A V2 S4 V2 YS4A terminal Applicable tightening 68N om torque ar 250 H 75 5 W x 124 D mm External d Ree ee ee 9 84 H x 2 97 W x 4 76 D inch Weight kg 0 9 A power supply of each Q series module that requires power feeding to external is 24VDC A 15VDC power supply for Q series module is not required for replacement to the Q series Note that when utilizing existing modules using such as the QA extension base unit or when using the A series module that requires 15VDC power supply for replacement to the Q series substitute the general purpose switching power supply whose specifications are shown below for the A68P Choose current capacity by the calculation result of current consumption for the entire system used Substitute the general purpose switching power supply whose specifications are shown below for the A68P Choose current capacity with the result of calculating the current consumption of entire system to be used Specification General purpose switching power supply 15VDC 3 14 55V to 15 45V Voltage 15VDC 3 14 55 to 15 45V Ripple voltage 50mVp p or less Spike voltage 100mVp p
365. or less Output voltage limit Within 1V 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement 1 Current consumption differs between the Q series and A series modules Select the power supply module with the result of calculating the current consumption of entire system 2 Applicable wire and crimping terminals for terminal blocks differ between the Q series and the A series Use the wire and crimping terminals compatible with the specifications 3 Input power supply of the Q61P and Q62P is wide range type applicable to 100 to 200VAC The power supply can be used for operating voltage of both 100VAC and 200VAC 4 The large capacity type power supply Q64PN 8 5A for the Q series is also available It is recommended to use it when larger current capacity is necessary 4 9 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 1 List of Alternative Models for Base Unit and Extension Cable AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions An extension base unit can be connected cannot be A32B Q32SB connected A35B Q35B A38B Q38B A38B UL Q38B A An extension base unit can be connected cannot be Main base unit A32B E Q32SB connected A35B E Q35B A38B E Q38B A32B S1 Q33B Number of I O sl
366. or less A since the inrush current value differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop at 3 5VDC 0 1A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A 0 ON 2 5VDC 0 1A TYP 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF to ON 0 5ms or less ims or less Pa Response 1 Response time differs time N to OFF 1 5ms or repair ONtoo amis Rated load resistive load A Common terminal c 32 Sune 1 18 32 points common o ommon terminal 1 t C terminal 17 18 36 arrangemen 4 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 Common termina 18 36 Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode O Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Yes Overheat protection function and Yes short circuit protection function Overheat protection function Overheat protection func is i f 5 p overload protection function 3 detected in 1 point unit ae Protection e Overheat protection function is O When Overheat protection func activated in units of 2 points occurs at an 1 point of 1 common i oh te Overload protection function is output of all points for eran activated in units of 1 point corresponded common terminal is turned OFF Protection detection Nong None TE No signal output to programmable No signal output to programmable O pey controller CPU controller CPU Automatic reset Automatic reset Protection reset method Reset by canceling Overheat Reset by canceling Overheat O protection func protection func
367. ormal temperature decreases approximately at 1 4 speed of the case when it is energized Appendix 3 Related Manuals Appendix 3 1 Materials for replacement 1 Renewal catalogue MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Guide L 08077E Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 2 Handbook for transition No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code T ition fi MELSEC A QnA L T Series to Q Series Handbook 4 ransition from QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Ha L 08043ENG E Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook 2 f L 08046ENG Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook 3 L 08048ENG Network Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook 4 Ta L 08050ENG Communications 5 Transition from MELSEC A0J2H Series to Q Series Handbook L 08060ENG 6 Transition from MELSECNET MINI S3 A2C I O to CC Link Handbook L 08061ENG 7 Transition from MELSEC I O LINK to CC Link LT Handbook L 08062ENG Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to AnS Q2AS Small Type 8 L 08064ENG Series Handbook Transition of CPUs in MELSEC Redundant System Handbook 9 fe L 08117ENG Transition from Q4ARCPU to QnPRHCPU 3 Renewal examples No Manual Name 1 MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Examples L 08121E 4 Others Manual Name TECHNICAL BULLETIN Procedures for Repla
368. ory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 14 4 I O points 512 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 28k steps 20k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 32k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 4 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 60 4 I O points 512 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 28k steps gt 30k steps 7 File register points 1018k points gt 96k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage gt 7 stage 9 Number of memory cards 2 cards gt 1 card 10 Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 8M bytes x 1 card CPU module Q2ACPU S1 QO6HCPU 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instru
369. ory card Sold separately 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 8092 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 15us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 gt 60 4 I O points 2048 points gt 2048 points 5 I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 30k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 96k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 1 W O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD
370. ots 2 slots 3 slots A38HB Q38B A38HBEU Q38B A52B Q52B A55B Q55B Q55B x 2 units A58B Q55B A F Number of I O slots 8 slots gt 5 slots x 2 units Extension base unit A62B Q63B Number of I O slots 2 slots gt 3 slots A65B Q65B A68B Q68B A68B UL Q68B ACO6B QC06B AC12B QC12B AC30B QC30B AC50B QC50B Extension cable A1SCO5NB QC05B Parallel mounting is not allowed Parallel mounting is not allowed A1SCO7NB QC06B Cable length 0 7m 0 6m A1SC30NB QC30B A1SC50NB QC50B 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 2 Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications Comparison 5 2 1 Base unit specifications comparison 1 Main base unit a Comparisons between A32B E and Q32SB Loaded I O modules A QnA series A32B E 2 can be loaded Extendability Not extendable Mounting hole size External dimensions Mounting dimensions to the panel 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 250 H x 247 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 9 72 W x 1 14 D inch 227 x 200 mm 8 94 x 7 87 inch M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 114 W x 18 5 D mm 3 86 H x 4 49 W x 0 73 D inch 101 x 80 mm 3 98 x 3 15 inch b Comparisons between A32B S1 and Q33B Loaded I O modules A QnA series 2 can be loaded 3 can be loaded Extendability Exten dable Mounting hole size 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4
371. ous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms bs e se ue Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting a ett parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ms ms D S Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting se fo Oo fe parameters Initial setting is 10ms k As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal N 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 r A Bok A arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection sean terminal block connector 37 pin D sub connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 0 3mm For A6CON1E x Wiring change is required Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O EA AEOS 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D m 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mi A 9 84 H x 1 4
372. per and read the other format file The area in excess of the program capacity is deleted when read For the programmable controller type which cannot use subprograms subprograms are deleted when read When the file includes microcomputer programs edited with other than the SFC program e g SWOSRX FNUP they are lost For QnA series Returning places are different between GPPQ and GX Developer Because of this if the total of return sources and return destinations exceeds 24 lines in a single ladder block the program is not displayed properly Corrective action Add SM400 normally ON contact to adjust the return positions For data selection For the device memory and file register you may select only one data name for each item A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 Instruction Conversion GX Developer enables instruction conversion using Change PLC type The following explains how to process both applicable instructions and not applicable instructions for the conversion 7 2 1 List of instructions conversion from ACPU to QCPU Sequence Basic Application instructions O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion High Performance model QCPU only x Manual change required Universal model QCPU Contents High Performance model QCPU Reference section Instruction name Instruction name Convers
373. pgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A QnA series series Precautions for replacement A68B UL Loaded I O modules Extendability 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 250 H x 466 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 18 35 W x 1 14 D inch 446 x 200 mm 17 56 x 7 87 inch Mounting hole size External dimensions Mounting dimensions to the panel 8 can be loaded Extendable M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inch 306 x 80 mm 12 05 x 3 15 inch 5 2 2 Extension cables specifications comparison A QnA series A main A exten sion AnS main A extension Q series Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A1SCO5NB QC05B 0 6m ACO6B QC06B 0 7m A1SCO07NB QCO06B Cable length 1 2m AC12B QC12B 3 0m AC30B A1SC30NB QC30B 5 0m A1SC50NB QC50B 10 0m QC100B Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 2 for replacement precautions 5 4 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 3 Precautions for Base Unit and Extension Cable Replacement 5 3 1 Precautions for base unit replacement 1 When replacing the A QnA series base unit with the Q series it is necessary to redo the mounting holes to fix the unit to a control panel since the two series have different mountin
374. ple ratio within 5 TENDE sie horappliebie Maximum number of 60 5 point common P 3 s a F Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A ia Resistance Nasinereased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 Fee ae ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less gt O input response time of CPU parameter setting af Blots parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time B Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting i PS parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from 8 points common A Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common arrangement ommon terminal Common terminal B01 B02 A wiring with a different voltage for TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 i i a i ae each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point Ext l ti ees ONS terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws f E 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Ap SRANN For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 y terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07
375. plieabie Maximum number of 60 5 point common P 3 s a f Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more bs 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms is ah ee us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less r O input response time of CPU parameter setting i a parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70s OF ese Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A aa gt A arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a diferent voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection 2o point aed terminal block connector 37 pin D sub connector Option x M3 x 6 screws T oe Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm For A6CON1E eee er Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 7 E terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A
376. point switch over using switch indication External connection 38 point terminal block connector s may M3 x 6 screws 37 pin D sub connector Option x Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm For A6CON1E x Wiring change is required 2 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 125A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions H x me D ma H x i D a A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 1 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 on 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 2 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBX36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 59 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 35 Specifications comparison between AX81 S1 and QX81 Specification AX81 S1 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A _ 42VDC a
377. points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O Rated input current 8 5mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operati oltage ra 20 4VDC ired Sel dale Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A A E S AR RARS Maximum number of PR i 9 Use within the range shown in Sanh ARTO treut poins 100 Simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart A the donating figure 19VDC ired t ON voltage ON current 16VDC or more S5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A turnon a i OFF voltage OFF current 8VDC or less 2mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A Reduced 1 Input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ a neelsiahibe nas mereasgd 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms me Gben ee ms Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting e a parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time B Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less i O input response time of CPU parameter setting a nee parameters Initial setting is 10ms 32 points common p Common terminal 32 points common arrangement commen terminal Common terminal B01 B02 9 TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 inks Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection en rier terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws ae 0 3mm Wiring change is required 8 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 x Hy resi For A
378. protection function is activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 8 points Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 38 point External connecti BU PO terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws T 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm i ae eee For A6CON1 or A6CONA Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC Pee External Voltage 10 8 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC O power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 30mA nt 20mA at 24VDC O Curre 24VDC TYP common mete Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 105A TYP all points ON O y 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dim o E 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg O 1 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 20 Specifications comparison between AY41 UL and QY41P Specification AY41 UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O ting load volt Volt 28 8 VDC i t See A aus 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2
379. r memory capacity bytes KIR Built in RAM Memory casette Memory casette Memory casette SRAM card Memory capacity Sold Memory casette Memory casette Memory casette SRAM card separately S ER Max 8k Max 30k x 2 Max 30k x 2 Max 30k x 4 Max 124k steps Program capacity Microcomputer program bytes Max 14k Max 58k x x x Number of ied I O ember of WO points points 512 256 to 2048 512 to 2048 512 to 4096 512 to 4096 points 4 Direct I O is also selectable with the I O control method setting switch 2 Basically only the refresh mode is applicable but some instructions devices can be input output in the direct mode 3 This is the capacity for the maximum number of steps in a sequence program 4 Only one memory card can be used 5 This is the number of applicable points for the access to the I O modules actually connected 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Universal model QCPU O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Q03UD Q04UDH Q13UDH Precaution for replacement Reference QOOUCPU p section CPU O O O O O O O Use direct I O instructions to 072 o 072 072 o 07 07 input output in the direct mode Section 7 7 2 as the Q series supports the refresh mode only The MELSAP language for O O O O O O Oo QnA Q series is MELSAP3 and Section 7 6 that for A series is MELSAP II 0 08 0 06 0 04 0 02 0 0095 0 0095 0 0095 10
380. r of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required AX81 S2 None 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Required 32 points 64 points 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required D sub FCN connector 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 7mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required
381. ra o CMe MPHUTOSPONSR EME CPU parameter setting parameters to 20 ms Initial setting is 10ms A As the common changes from d 8 points common i Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 i A T F 3 arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a different voltage for i each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection 38 point terminal block connector 37 pin D sub connector Option x method M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 0 3mm For A6CON1E Wiring change is required Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 110A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D External dimensions Meg wx D ee H x Crane ae A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O d For use of 48VDC connect a resistor of 5 6kQ 1 2W or more in series with the external signal line connected between QX81 and an external device For use of 60VDC connect a resistor of 8 2kQ 1W or more in series with the external signal line connected between QX81 and an external device 2 The following shows the derating chart 10 90 80 70 60 50 40 ON ratio 28 8VDC o 10 2
382. ram memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 4 I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 1024 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 28k steps 7 File register points 8k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 1 1O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 0 2us gt 0 06us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 9 79 A2ACPU S1 4 I O points 1024 points gt 1024 points A2ACPUP21 S1 5 W O device points 1024 points gt 1024 points 4 QO01UCPU che A2ACPUR21 S1 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps A2ACPUP21 S4 1 7 File register points 8k points gt 64k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 4 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM Sold separately 1 W O control Refresh
383. rameter Comment Initial device value Drive 4 File register 2 25 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Capacity of each memory 2 4 2 2 26 The following table shows the memory of CPU modules in which the user program etc is stored together with its capacity Memory cassette A series Max 1024k bytes QnA series Universal model QCPU High Performance model Built in RAM Max 32k bytes for A2CCPU only Max 496k bytes Program memory Max 4000k bytes Program memory Max 1008k bytes Program memory Memory card SRAM card Max 2M bytes Max 8M bytes Max 2M bytes EEPROM Max 512k bytes card Flash card Max 1M bytes Max 4M bytes ATA card Max 32M bytes Standard RAM Max 1792k bytes QOOUJCPU None Max 256k bytes Standard ROM Max 16384k bytes Max 1008k bytes 4 Two memory cards can be installed in total for large sized QnA series and either one of the memory cards can be installed for Q series Keyword registration and password registration The Q series prohibits reading from writing to programs etc when a password is registered as does the A QnA series with keyword registration Available functions are described below Item Prohibiting method for writing to program etc A series Model QnA series Q series Batch password setting for all files provides the equivalent function
384. re O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COS 0 7 300 th d ti 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A ae eee secre COS 0 7 200 th d ti 909970 1 ousanc Umes or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more COS86 0 35 100 th dti Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A 00340 35 Pusana ames frequently since the life is or more COS 0 35 200 th d ti approximately half oe pusana Umes 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 158 A PPE d COS 0 35 300 th d ti 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A ae Dore E S Sa L R 7 200 th d ti boil ms ousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maxi itchi meeps 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor Varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in Common terminal Not provided Not provided o arrangement All points independent All points independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage g j ae Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not a c t 150mA o required n pwy goe 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection f 38 point 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applica
385. re not applicable Rated input current 2 5mA 5mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 BC LaING GI dares 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 4 Cah E Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 1 VDC Bremner apaleatle Maximum number of 60 5 point common i 3 a z 5 Refer to the derating chart 0 simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 5 6VDC ON voltage ON current alii 19VDC or more 3mA or more 12VDC are not applicable 1 1 1mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 2 4VDC or less 0 39mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 4 8kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 a Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting i PO parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 oe NE ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting arameter Initial setting is 10ms P As the common changes from R 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 i A n arrangement Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a different voltage for TB27 TB36 i each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection Sepoint ened terminal block connector 37 pin D sub connector Option x M3 x 6 screws 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm
386. red Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications AX41 S1 QX41 S1 Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Qx41 when using 24VDC Input module 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not applicable Change in rated input current Required Approx 10mA gt Approx 4mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in spe
387. rent capacity since Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased 3 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm p Extemalldimensions 9 84 He x 1 48 ie 5 16 z inch 3 86 n x 1 08 ae ne ma inch Wiring spaceiisinarrow Weight 0 59kg 0 22kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 12 Specifications comparison between AY15EU and QY10 Specification AY15EU O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 24 points ibility Use two QY10s when using 17 Numberiel eutpul point 32 points occupied 16 points A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A Insulation method a diferent put the performance is equivalent ae 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point ae re voltage 340VAC 2A COS 1 point 8A 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 10mA 5VDC 1mA Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 2
388. rews Wiring change is required aata 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm A b SAn For A6CON1 or A6CON4 5 12VDC 5 12VDC External Voltage 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC O power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 100mA 170mA at 12VDC Current i O 12VDC TYP common Max all points ON Current consumption 0 20A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON O amano 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 14kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 34 Specifications comparison between AY72 and QY71 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY71s when using 33 Number of output point 64 point 32 point umber of output points points points A points enters Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC O Ol ting load volt ne ee 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC o range 16mA point F 16mA point Maximum load current 512mA common eee O K 512mA common Sink loading Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current 50mA 10ms 40mA 10ms or less A since the inrush current value differs VoH 3 5VDC VoH 3 5VDC Output voltage at OFF O i g Vcc 5VDC IoH 0 4mA Vcc 5VDC IOH 0 4mA Check the input specifications
389. rless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved eae terminals y terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON a Review current capacity since current consumption is increased 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm B External dimensions 9 84 a x 1 48 x area 3 86 i x 1 08 ie x a eee Wiring space isinarfow Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg O Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 4 Specifications comparison between AY11A and QY18A 3 71 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 8 points Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Use two QY18As when using 9 Number of output point 16 point y E Aertel pans 16 points occupied A points or more Insulati thod is diff t but Insulation method Photocoupler Relay A P oe Sel Go G the performance is equivalent ae 24VDC 2A Resistive load point 24VDC 2A Resistive load point Rated switching voltage ae Stet 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz O Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less O time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or mo
390. rotection function is activated in increments of 1 point 1A fast blow fuse Fuse None 2 fuses per common in units of 8 points MP 10 Yes Fuse blow indicator LED is turned ON when fuse is blown Signal is None output to a programmable controller CPU Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External connection method 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws 38 point terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m 0 75 to 2mm Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage External 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC l 100mA 8mA power supply ueni m m TYP 24VDC 1 common TYP 24VDC 1 common 5VDC internal current consumption 310mA TYP all points On 100mA TYP all points On External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 220 H x 37 5 W 116 5 D mm 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 55kg 0 28kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 10 Q series large type blank cover The cover is for filling a gap between the large type base unit and existing Q series module
391. s eee 1 3 1 2 1 Advantages of transition to Q series 10 cece cent eee ee cent eee eeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeiaeeeeeeeaas 1 3 1 2 2 Suggestions for transition to Q series 0 0 ec ceeeeeeeente eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeneeeeenaas 1 4 1 2 3 Precautions for transition from large sized A QnA series to Q series 1 15 CHAPTER 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 1to2 29 2 1 List of Alternative CPU Module Models for Replacement ceceeseeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeesennneaeeees 2 1 2 2 CPU Module Specifications Comparisons 0 ccc cece cee eeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeseenaees 2 10 2 3 CPU Module Functional Comparisons cccceceeeeeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeaaecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeseteesseesiaeeees 2 18 2 3 1 Functional comparisons between A2ZCCPU AnNCPU and Q series CPU cccceeseeeee 2 18 2 3 2 Functional comparisons between AnACPU AnUCPU and Q series CPU eee 2 20 2 3 3 Functional comparisons between QnACPU and Q series CPU ou ccccccccccceeeseeeeeeseeaeeeees 2 22 2 4 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeecenaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeacaeeaeeeeees 2 24 2 4 1 Memory tor CPU Module icc cccccsisceecisstizceberd naccgestsidadeecevetanceveveianacevivisla deeevsl daedeestnnks vba iees 2 24 2 4 2 Keyword registration and password registration cceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 2 26 2 4 5
392. s Set this when specifying the range for comments by program and read data Import from GPPA format file x peron ae Je Ea aiin g Merge peripheral statement note For details of peripheral statements and merging notes refer to the GX Developer Operating Manual h Execute button Click this button after making the setting A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 3 Setting procedure a Data selection 1 Set a drive path for reading in GPPQ or GPPA format 2 Click the Browse button to set the system name and machine name of the project to be read 3 Check the checkbox of data to be selected by with the Param prog button Select all button or the mouse 4 Click the Execute button after making necessary settings b Canceling data selection 1 When canceling the selected data arbitrarily Clear the checkmark P in the checkbox with the mouse or space key 2 When canceling all the selected data Click the Cancel all selection button 4 Precautions for reading the other format files A6GPP SWOS GPPA format data For A series Read data with GX Developer after performing the corresponding format conversion with GPPA For the operating methods refer to the Type SW4IVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual For data selection For device comment selection you may only choose either comment 2 or comment 1 GPPA format file reading Ladder return positions Deletes the project data on GX Develo
393. s 24VDC A 15VDC power supply for Q series module is not required Point When replacing the A QnA series with power supply module of the A61PN by the Q series replacing the A61PN by the Q61P is recommended For specifications comparisons between the A61PN and Q61P refer to Section 4 2 2 The A61PN can be used as a spare part for the A QnA series or as a power supply module for the QA6 OB extension base unit 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 2 Power Supply Module Specifications Comparisons 1 Specifications comparison between A61P UL and Q61P Specification A61P UL O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat eying Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100 240VAC 10 15 The Q61P is wide range type Input power supply 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC 9 applicable to 100 to 240VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less O Max input t e ie gh 160VA 130VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Check the current consumption of Rated output 5VDC 8A 6A A P entire system current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 8A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O oe LED indication Power indicator Power LED
394. s Not required AY80 QY80 yee 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Fuse not replaceable 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY81 QY81P i en Output module 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Required from 0 5A to 0 1A 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program aysiP Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 64 points 32 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required AY82 EP 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 37 pin connector gt 40 pin connector 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program QY82P Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued
395. s Wiring change is required 1 EE 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm For ABCON1E x 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Simed Velege 10 2 to 30VDC anata A applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 suppl 50mA eee Current 24VDC TYP 1 common ON 40mA At 24VDC O Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON O Ev iernalaimencions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm x 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 53kg 0 15kg O 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 104 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 37 Specifications comparison between AY82 EP and QY81P 3 105 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY81Ps when using 33 Number of output point 64 point 32 point u r of output points points points A points ormare Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Ol ting load volt ee E 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o range 0 1A point pon 0 1A point Maximum load current 0 04A point a Aleoninien O 60 ON 55 C Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current No limit Short protect function 0 7A 10ms
396. s 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 ee aa pee us Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less A O input response time of CPU parameter setting i Rae parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms F As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 i A eas z arrangement TB27 TB36 Common terminal B01 B02 wiring with a different voltage for i each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection pied sou s na terminal block connector 40 pin connector Option x M3 x 6 screws he ae 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm gt a For AGCON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 se terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 12kg mi Use the QX81 S2 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of t
397. s ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg O 1 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 External dimensions Wiring space is narrow 3 33 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 10 Specifications comparison between AX40 and QX70 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated input current A 4mA A 10mA i 1 Input curren Pprox 4mMA Approx 10m 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiinavoltaae rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 sg iain aa pn tes Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DG Bre HOt applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum ber of 100 8 points eae ek os dak points common 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or l
398. s are not built in As the common changes from two Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common commons to one common wiring arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O Fuse 8A MF51NM8 or FGMA250V 8A None x Fuses are not built in Fuse blow indicator None Q External 24VDC 10 i power Voltage Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less O Exiemal power supply is not supply Current 150mA 24VDC TYP all points ON ae External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block A method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wirt f iring change is required 0 11 inch or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved nee imna x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON ge Aeview current capacity since current consumption is increased A 250 D x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm ae External dimensions 4 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Winngispace isinarrow Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg O Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 2 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit 3 74 3
399. screw External dimensions 250 H x 268 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 10 55 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch Mounting dimensions to the panel 248 x 200 mm 169 x 80 mm 9 76 x 7 87 inch 6 65 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A35B E and Q35B Loaded I O modules A QnA series A35B E 5 can be loaded Extendability Extendable Mounting hole size 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 382 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 15 04 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 245 W 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inch Mounting dimensions to the panel 362 x 200 mm 14 25 x 7 87 inch 224 5 x 80 mm 8 84 x 3 15 inch Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions When using the upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q33B For extension connection use a main base unit supporting the connection Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter for the A32B S1 is not available Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available 5 2 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT d Comparisons bet
400. ser s Manual Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual 12 SH 080055 13JR03 Q64AD Q68ADV Q68ADI GX Configurator AD SW2D5C QADU E Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module With Signal 13 bie ik SH 080277 13JR51 Conditioning Function User s Manual Q64AD GH Q62AD DGH GX Configurator AD SW0D5C QADU E Channel Isolated Analog Digital Converter Module Channel Isolated Analog 14 Digital Converter Module With Signal Conditioning Function User s Manual SH 080647ENG 13JR96 Q68AD G Q66AD DG GX Configurator AD SW2D5C QADU E Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual 15 Q62DAN Q64DAN Q68DAVN Q68DAIN Q62DA Q64DA Q68DAV SH 080054 13JR02 Q68DAI GX Configurator DA SW2D5C QDAU Channel Isolated Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual Q62DA FG GX Configurator DA SW2D5C QDAU E Channel Isolated Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual 17 SH 080648ENG 13JR97 Q66DA G GX Configurator DA SW2D5C QDAU E Analog Input Output Module User s Manual 18 Q64AD2DA GX Configurator AD SW2D5C QADU J GX Configurator DA SH 080793ENG 13JZ25 SW2D5C QDAU J RTD Input Module Channel Isolated RTD Input Module User s Manual 19 SH 080142 13JR31 Q64RD Q64RD G GX Configurator Tl SW1D5C QTIU Channel Isolated RTD Input Module User s Manual 20 SH 080722ENG 13JZ06 Q68RD3 G GX Configurator Tl SW1D5C QTIU Thermocouple Input Module
401. series 3 For A series an interrupt program Executes the program that is required for each main program Interrupt and sub program separately For Q Section corresponds to the cause when O O A A processing series create only one interrupt 7 7 10 an interrupt cause occurs program to share between the two programs The settings for ON OFF of Display priority Target errors vary by model but ERROR LED at th O O O O of ERROR LED olerror AmE ovens there is no functional difference To execute the ROM operation with the High Performance model CPU read a sequence program stored in the standard ROM or a memory card to the program memory using Section the boot run function 7 7 12 With the Universal model QCPU the ROM operation is not required since the program memory is the flash ROM The Q series prohibits each file from being read written by password registration whereas the Control Enables operation with parameters and programs ROM operation stored in ROMs in order not to E O A A lose user programs due to battery exhaustion Data protection Prohibits peripheral devices function System from reading writing to tect K d d ts in th ae Secti pre eyword programs and comments in the o o A A A series prohibits the p tameters ection registration memory cassettes the memory i 2 4 2 ise and programs from being read Password card and built in memory etc writen tothe uo mancny bl registration of a CPU
402. set all the execution types to Scan Default upon the registration is Scan Change PLC type Set execution order mme MAIN and type in the program setting of parameter Main program Subprogram1 i SUB1 Subprogram2 SUB2 Setting example of A Program name Execution type program setting 1 MAIN Scan 2 SUB1 Scan 3 SUB2 Scan b When ACPU has interrupt program For the ACPU the main program and subprogram have the same interrupt program For the QCPU delete interrupt programs except one of them since the QCPU can assign one interrupt pointer per program When programs of the same interrupt pointer exist CPU will result in error when interrupt condition is satisfied Register in order of MAIN SUB1 in the PLC parameter program setting of GX Developer and set all execution type to Scan Change PLC type MAIN Main program p m Interrupt program An error occurs when executing the interrupt program Subprogram since two same pointers exist Mei ee SUB1 Interrupt program Interrupt program Interruptprogram t Delete the overlapped interrupt program T 45 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT c When main program contains SFC program For the ACPU the SFC program operates as the microcomputer program of main program Since the QCPU deals the SFC program as one program the SFC program is converted to MAIN
403. sically only the refresh mode is applicable but some instructions devices can be input output in the direct mode 4 This is the number of applicable points for the access to the I O modules actually connected 5 This number means the number of useable points on the program 6 The step relays S of the QnA and Q series are dedicated to the SFC 7 This is the number of points that can be written to CPU App 3 Q series Basic O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Precaution for replacement QO00JCPU O O O 3 3 13 Use direct I O instructions to input output in the direct mode as the Q series supports the A A A refresh mode only o o o The MELSAP language for QnA Q series supports is MELSAP3 and that for A series is MELSAP II 0 2 0 16 0 1 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Max 58K Max 94K Max 94K A memory cassette is required for the A Salles as user memory while the user memory is included in the Q series as standard equipment Max 8K Max 8K Max 14K The AnA AnU QnA and Q series do not include microcomputer program Therefore consider x x x use of the sequence program etc as the substitution 256 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 2048 6 2048 6 2048 6 2 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 512
404. sing the QA 1S extension base unit and QA conversion adapter I O address when using the QA 1S extension base unit and QA conversion adapter can be assigned to either of the following a Assign the I O address of the Q series module to the lowest address and assign that of the A series module to the Q series module I O address 1 or later b Assign the I O address of the A series module to the lowest address and assign that of the Q series module to the A series module I O address 1 or later Point I O address can be assigned by either of the following address orders 1 Q series module A series module 2 A series module Q series module Note that the CPU module does not start due to an error if the address is assigned in the order of Q series module A series module Q series module and vice versa 2 I O address assignment example The following explains assignment example to modify the program at minimum by using the QA6OB extension base unit and utilizing the existing A series module without I O address change a System configuration example Existing system configuration example System configuration example after replacement Q35B NdOH90O NILLELOroO O GC LEd 1LZPO gt gt 2 S D N Modules displaced Modules added by O w T the A series replacement of the QCPU 4 U P g N QA6 IB or A6L_ B When using QA conversion adapter 5 6
405. sion from ACPU to QCPU Sequence Basic Application instructions 7 13 7 2 2 List of instruction conversion from ACPU to QCPU Dedicated instructions eee 7 18 7 2 3 Instructions that may need a replacement at instruction conversion from ACPU to QCPU 7 21 7 2 4 Instruction conversion from QnACPU to QCPU sessessssssissssissrisssrrssrrsssrnnsrinsrrnnnrnnrnrnrsrrnnerns 7 25 7 2 5 Instructions that may need a replacement after conversion from QnACPU to QCPU 7 25 7 3 Precautions for Parameter Replacement cccececceeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeseteneenccuaeeeeeees 7 26 7 3 1 Conversion from ACPU to QCPU wiccccivccccccceisesuscccntbsatccecetesseccccebbsaccecenteseddcenbesuscaccebaueeceaceeeas 7 26 7 3 2 Conversion from QnACPU to QCOPU 000 cceieeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteeaaeeeeseeaaaees 7 27 C4 Special Relay Replacement i cscsecudecetecetcieeecaeacde steed caactqenseves i d a a a aa EE 7 29 7 4 1 Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU sissssiseccisssssoisase niini desn nnani EENEN ANANA KANSEN 7 29 7 4 2 Replacing the QNACPU with the QCPU oo centre eee ence eee eeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeaees 7 29 7 5 Special Register Replacement ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeesenaeeeeseeeaeeeeseeenaaees 7 30 7 5 1 Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU oo ecceeeeenneeeeeeenteeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeeeseeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeneaas 7 30 7 5 2 Replacing the QNACPU with
406. stand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1500VAC for 1 minute Relay socket None None Common terminal 7 poe ee Not provided all points independent All points independent arrangement Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 24VDC 410 External Voltage E Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less wer su Pey Current 150mA TYP 24VDC all points ON 150mA TYP 24VDC all points ON A 38 point terminal block connector 38 point terminal block connector External connection method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws TNE 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm Applicable wire size Applicable tightening torque 0 68Nem Applicable tightening torque 0 68N m Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 R1 25 3 R2 3 RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 5VDC internal current i 5 115mA TYP all points ON 130mA TYP all points ON consumption 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 1 External dimensions H x wW x mm PROT xS TSN Tie SD mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 8 66 H x 1 48 W x 4 59 D inch Weight 0 47kg 0 38kg 4 Indicates the depth dimension D when 38 point terminal block connector is not attached 5 25 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 6 QY13L type contact output module specifications comparison with AY13 Specifications AY13 contact output module QY13L contact output module Number of output points 32 points 32 points Insulation method Photocoupler Photoco
407. subishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd can be mounted to the Q series large type base unit Attaching the Q series large type black cover to the upgrade tool is necessary The I O module of terminal block type except for the Q series large type I O module can be replaced without wiring change 5 31 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 6 4 Precautions for using the Q series large type base unit and large type I O module 1 32 point terminal block for I O module The Q series large type I O module does not include 32 point terminal block To use the Q series large type I O module in a new system purchase the following MELSEC A series 32 point terminal block separately Contact Refer to the end of Section 1 2 3 Product MELSEC A series 32 point terminal block Model Manufacturer K14K 08H Mitsubishi Electric 075 000 03 System amp Service Co Ltd 2 Relay terminal block for power supply wiring When wiring to the terminal block on the power supply module mounted on the Q series large type base unit cannot be made by using wiring to the power supply module used for the A QnA series purchase relay terminal block separately to relay the wiring to the power supply module For relay terminal block refer to the following manual Q Series Large Type Base Unit I O Module Blank Cover User s Manual 3 Attaching the Q series large type blank cover To mount the Q series module on Q seri
408. t 0 23kg 0 75kg 1 00kg 1 60kg 2 00kg mounting screw M5 x 25 mounting screw M5 x 25 Accessory 3screws 4screws 5 4 2 Applicable QCPU The following table shows CPU models that can use the QA 1S extension base unit as an extension base unit for the QCPU CPU Model PNETEL A QOO0JCPU Basic model QCPU QOOCPU Unusable Q01CPU QO02CPU QO02HCPU High Performance model QCPU QO6HCPU Usable Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Universal model QCPU All CPU models Usable 1 Q12PHCPU Process CPU Q25PHCPU Unusable Q12PRHCPU Redundant CPU Q25PRHCPU Unusable QO02CPU A A mode CPU QO02HCPU A QO6HCPU A 4 Use the Universal model QCPU with a serial number first five digits of 13102 or later QA extension base unit Unusable QA18S extension base unit Usable 5 6 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 3 Extension cable felon i t 0 45m 0 6m 1 2m 3 0m 5 0m 10 0m Cable length 1 4 8ft 1 97ft 3 94ft 9 84ft 16 40ft 32 81 ft Weight 0 15kg 0 16kg 0 22kg 0 40kg 0 60kg 1 11kg 5 4 4 System configuration This section explains the system configuration and precautions for use of the QA 1S 6LB type extension base unit 1 Connection order of extension base units When the Q6LB QA1S60B QA1S51B and QA6LB are used together connect the units in order of Q6OB QA1S60B QA1S51B and QA6LB from the nearest position of the main base unit The QA1S51B is no
409. t 28 8 VDC i t S 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A EaR ava oe range applicable Maximum load current 0 5A point 2A common 0 5A point 4A common O l i 7A 10ms or less Carefully select load for use Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less A since the inrush current value 3 5A 100ms or less differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A E ON 1 5VDC Max 0 5A 0 3VDC Max 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less ims or less O Response 3 i ms or less time isti ON to OFF 2ms or less Resistive load Rated load resistive load O Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V zener diode O As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common A two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 Common terminal TB18 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED Fuse 2A fast blow fuse 6 7A Unchangeable Connect the fast blow fuse to the 1 fuse common type Fuse blow capacity 50A A external if necessary Ye Giy Yes The QY50 does not detect fuse ane LED is turned ON when fuse is ae Fuse blow indicator When fuse blows LED indicates it A blown unless the external power blown Signaliis output to a and signal is output to CPU is supplied programmable controller CPU 9 P i PAIRE 20 point External connection ESE 18 point terminal block eo terminal block connec
410. t extendable When the QA1S51B is used the QA6LB cannot be used 2 Connection order of extension base units upon setting the extension stage number To use extension base units it is necessary to set extension stage numbers 1 to 7 with the stage number setting connector Set the extension stage number 1 to the connected extension base unit closest to the main base unit and the following extension stage number up to 7 to the following extension base units in the connected order 01234567 gt ie eld 2A Setting of 59 Q38B gt Main base unit extension stage 2 9 a Stage setting A i aa 8 9 101112131415 1 Extension base unit for module 2o 2 5 installation corresponding to the 50 a Q68B L Q series a Connect the Q5OB Q60B with oo CG oc oe o the main base unit and the last Q50B Q60B 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Extension base unit for module a a installation corresponding to the zE 2 3P aaisesp gt ANS series oo g O Connect the QA1S60B with o ol O the main base unit and the last Q50B Q60B or QA1S60B _ 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Extension base unit for module o0 G a installation corresponding to the ome ala A series oo Je QA68B gt Connect the QAG6LIB with the oo bo e O main base unit and the last Q60B Q6O1B QA1S6LB or QA6LB 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTE
411. t module AISY41P rs XY A1SY42P O XY A1SY50 O XY A1SY60 O XY A1SY60E O XY A1SY68A O XY A1SY71 O XY A1SY80 O XY A1SY81 O XY A1SY82 O XY Mounting to the A1ADP column O Mountable x Not mountable Out of the target Applicable adapter column XY A1ADP XY SP A1ADP SP 5 16 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT Mounting to the A1ADP Applicable Product fete 10 QnACPU ACPU EVer leli 1g A1SH42 O XY A1SH42P O XY A1SH42 S1 O XY A1SH42P S1 O XY I O module A1SX48Y58 O XY A1SX48Y18 O XY A1SJ 56DR x A1SJ 56DT x Dynamic scan input module A1S42X O XY Dynamic output module A1S42Y O XY Dummy module A1SG62 O XY Blank cover A1SG60 O XY SP Interrupt module A1Sl161 O xy 1 A1S61PN x Power supply module A1S62PN x A1S63P x Pulse catch module A1SP60 O XY Analog timer module A1ST60 O XY A1S64AD O SP Analog input module AiS68AD r SP A1S62DA O SP Analog output module A1S68DAI O SP A1S68DAV O SP A1S63ADA O SP Analog I O module AIS66GADA 5 XY A1S62RD3N O SP Temperature input module A1S62RD4N O SP A1S68TD O SP A1S62TCTT S2 O SP A1S62TCTTBW S2 O SP A1S62TCRT S2 O SP A1S62TCRTBW S2 O SP A1S64TCTT S1 O SP Temperature control module AIS6ATCTTEWSI 5 SP A1S64TCRT S1 O SP A1S64TCRTBW S1 O SP A1S64TCTRT O SP A1S64TCTRTBW O SP A1SD61 O SP A1SD62 O SP High speed
412. t required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications QX81 S2 AX81 S1 f Change in rated input voltage Required 12VDC not when using 24VDC applicable l l Change in rated input current Required Approx 5mA gt Approx 6mA Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Input module 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required QX81 when using 24VDC QX71 4 Change in specifications when using Change in rated input voltage Required 24VDC not 12VDC applicable Change in rated input current Required Change in ON voltage ON current Required Change in OFF voltage OFF current Required Change in input resistance Required 5 Change in functions Not required Alternating with QX81 is recommended 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted Connect a 5 6kQ 1 2W or more or 8 2kQ 1W or more resistor serially to the external signal wire at 48VDC or 60VDC respectively 2 Change in the numbe
413. t required Change in rated output current Required 5 Change in functions Not required AY40P AY41 3 16 3 REPLACING I O MODULES A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY42 QY42P 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required Response time Required from 0 3ms to 1ms or less 5 Change in functions Required Protection function equipped 1 Change
414. tage current load A 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COS 0 7 300 th d ti 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A ee a COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life more CO86 0 35 100 th dti Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A C0542035 PRESES frequently since the life is or more i approximately half ie 0 35 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3 240VAC 0 15A A pp y 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A oo 300 thousand times ee 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maxi itchi Pam Sve ng 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Common terminal Not provided Not provided o arrangement All points independent All points independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage i O Bee Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not 7 150mA required supply Current O 24VDC TYP all points ON 38 point External connection as 18 point terminal block Nod terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Slsevedsolde ess teriitais 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be us
415. tching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand times or more 100 thousand times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A see 0 7 300 thousand times or COS 0 7 200 thousand times or 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 54 Life maS COS 0 35 100 thousand times Replace the module more Electrical 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A oror frequently since the life is e 200 thousand times 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A A approximately half 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A ko 300 thousand times 200 thousand times or 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more eat ca 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED Sel Voltage PAVDO 210 External power supply is not power Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less naquilfed supply Current 150mA 24VDC TYP all points ON External connection 20 point 18 point terminal block mend terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch or less R1 2
416. ted to 1 respectively for the sequence program program name MAIN and for the SFC program program name MAIN SFC c If SFC program has 128th block or later when it is converted the SFC program is entirely deleted without being converted 2 Device a File resister R cannot be set for QOOJCPU Also for Q00 and Q01CPU up to 32K points x 2blocks can be set b The maximum timer T counter C device points are respectively 512 Devices over the maximum points are converted to SM999 c The maximum latch relay L device points are 2048 Devices over the maximum points are converted to SM999 3 Comments a Only comments for each program MAIN are converted when the program is replaced App 1 4 System configuration a Number of I O points extension base unit number and module number are shown in the following table Number of I O points QO00JCPU 256 Q00CPU Q01CPU 1024 Q02CPU Reference 4096 Number of extension 2 units Max 4 units Max 7 units Max base units Number of loaded 16 modules Max 24 modules Max 64 modules Max modules M emory carg Not available 1 slot Number of slots b When configurated using the Basic model QCPU only Q series modules must be used for all the modules Since the High Performance model QCPU does not support the QA1S51B QA1S6B and QA6B base unit the A series I O modules and intelligent device modules ca
417. ter program Available Not available CPU module 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 4 I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 1024 points gt 8192 points Q02CPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps 7 File register points 4k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 06us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 9 79 A2NCPU S1 4 I O points 1024 points gt 1024 points A2NCPUP21 81 7 5 I O device points 1024 points gt 8192 points A2NCPUR21 81 1 Q01UCPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps gt 15k steps e 7 File register points 4k points gt 64k points A2NCPUP21 S4 8 Extension stage 7 stage 4 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Micro computer program Available gt Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh onl
418. ter setting ie oc parameters Initial setting is 10ms 3 32 points common S Common terminal 32 points common arrangement ommon terminal a Common terminal 17 18 36 G E 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 core De te ON indication LED wa ti dicati ON indicati LED O Operation indication 32 point switch over using switch indication External connection 37 pin D sub connector 37 pin D sub tor Opti O method Soldered x 2 pini eub connector OPON Applicable wire size 0 3mm 0 3mm For A6CON1E Oo Tow external wiring The connector is sold separately Accessory x D sub connectors Purchase them separately Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O Sear dneni one 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D uia 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 16kg O 4 Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 30 KI 31 25 24VDC 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 S 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 66 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 42 Specifications comparison between AX82 and QX72 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points
419. ternal dimensions H x ws 0 ae as 9x 90D ee A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg O 4 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 ON ratio 50 40 30 31 25 24VDC 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10s 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 61 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 37 Specifications comparison between AX81 S1 and QX71 Specification AX81 S1 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 5V 12VDC A _ 24VDC are not applicable 5VDC Approx 1 2mA A Rated t t 2 5mA 5mA i 1 ated Input curren MAISM 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC are not applicable 4 5 to 6VDC Operaiina voltae rane 10 2 to 26 4VDC Ripple ratio within 5 A 4 sian al pn ies Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DG Bre HOt applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maxi ber of 60 5 point bet ba ee pa F ho gt pointcommon 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON 5 6VDC ON voltag
420. the QCPU is not compatible with the MELSECNET Il B x MELSECNET Il B For AnUCPU converted to the MELSCECNET 10 mode MELSECNET 10 H O ant i Network Parameter re setting is required for the ANNCPU and AnACPU parameter Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible with the MELSECNET MINI Compatibility is available by creating a sequence MELSECNET MINI A program The Universal model QCPU does not support this parameter T 26 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT W 7 3 2 Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the QnACPU program with the QCPU The symbols in the table indicate the following meanings lt Compatibility gt O Common item between QnACPU and QCPU therefore can be converted directly A Item that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Item to be deleted since there is no common item between the QnACPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the conversion and correct re set as required Compati bility PLC name Label O setting Comment Timer limit Low speed setting High speed RUN PAUSE RUN contact PAUSE Remote reset Output mode at STOP to RUN PLC Common pointer No system Use COM instructions or set the communication reserved time for the General data processing f special register SD315 as required Remarks Name O O O O
421. the procedure below Step 1 Setting Boot file Set the names of files to be booted to the program memory and the storage destination of the files in the Boot file setting of the PLC parameter Step 2 Inserting a memory card Insert a memory card to the CPU module Step 3 Writing data to the memory card Using GX Developer write the parameter and set the names of files and Boot file setting to the memory card Step 4 Executing the program Reset the CPU module with the RUN STOP RESET switch After the boot from the specified memory is completed the BOOT LED turns on and the operation starts QCPU boot run procedure Step 1 Setting Boot file In the Boot file setting of the PLC parameter of GX Developer set the file name and storage destination of the sequence program and parameter to be executed Step 2 Writing to standard ROM Using GX Developer write the sequence program and parameter to the standard ROM Step 3 Setting the switch of the QCPU Using the DIP switch of the QCPU set the storage destination of parameter in the standard ROM Step 4 Executing the program Reset with the RESET L CLR switch The operation starts with the BOOT LED lit 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS k mO i H H1 Sa i Dimensions 000000 8 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions E
422. the program of a O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method A series Q series Basic model AnA AnU Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Precaution for replacement For the Q series Basic model it is Write during RUN CPU inthe PUN Tode oO O o o o necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the Sete ete memory cassette or memory card at o o x x x e Q series Basic model does not the occurrence of an error for include the status latch function monitoring by the peripheral device Stores the data of specified devices at the specified intervals for R ks The Q series Basic model does not Sampling trace monitoring by the peripheral device O O x x x h i include the sampling trance function to check the change of device status Step operation The Q series Basic model does not G j Stops the execution of a sequence y f skip operation ioaram at the specined sta O O x x x include the step operation function partial operation prog p P Consider the debug with GX Simulator The Q series Basi del d t Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replaced Gn see saeco SLE E O O x x x include the online I O module replacement replacement while the CPU is in the RUN function Self diagnostics Executes self diagnostics to check o o o o o Error codes differ between the A series
423. tination is the one next to the step that included the selective coupling before the modification T 34 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement 7 7 1 List of applicable devices Device name QCPU 2048 QO2UCPU points _ Q02CPU QOOUJCPU 256 points QO3UDCPU QOOJCPU 256 points Q02HCPU 4096 ints OOUCPU 1024 points QO4UDHCPU OOCPU 1024 points Number of I O points Q p Q 4096 Q p l QO6HCPU points Q01UCPU 1024 points QO6UDHCPU Q01CPU 1024 points points Q12HCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Number of I O device ae 8192 points 2048 points 8192 points points Internal relay 8192 points Latch relay 8192 points 1 2048 points 1 8192 points Sequence Step relay program SFC 8192 points 2048 points 8192 points Annunciator 2048 points 1 1024 points 2048 points Edge relay 2048 points 2 1024 points 4 2048 points Link relay 8192 points 1 2048 points 1 8192 points 1 Special relays for link 2048 points 1024 points 2048 points Timer 2048 points 512 points 1 2048 points Retentive timer 0 points 1 Counter 1024 points 512 points 1 1024 points 1 Data register 12288 points 1 11136 points 1 12288 points 1 Link register 8192 points 1 2048 points
424. tio within 5 A 4 sg iain aa pn tes Ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ZAN DG Bre HOt applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum ber of 100 8 points eae ek os dak points common 100 Simultaneously ON O simultaneous input points Simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 3kQ A Input resistance has increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 pees ee uu Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting XA an parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20 agen eee ms Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting Pn occ parameters Initial setting is 10ms As the common changes from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB9 TB18 Common terminal TB17 E wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 20 point External connection Pa 18 point terminal block ie terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 Outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiring change is required 0 11 inch
425. tion for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice L NA 08043ENG G Mitsubishi Programmable Controller sfa MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan this handbook does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice L NA 08043ENG G 1203 MEE
426. tire system 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 5A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O Power indicator Power LED display ene eee O Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm fe ae eels a re oe ban g RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change is required R tightening 78 to 118N cm 66 to 89N cm cies ean applicable ternal aimancione 250 H x 55 W x 121 D an 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D Us 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 8 0 33 Allowable momenta Within 10ms power failure peti Within Ims at 24VDC input By noise simulator of 500Vp p noise Noise durability Noise voltage 500Vp p voltage 1us noise width and 25 to O 60Hz noise frequency Dielectric withstand Across external DC terminal batch Between all inputs LG and all o voltage and ground 500VAC for 1 minute outputs FG 500VAC for one minute Between all inputs LG and all Across external DC terminals batch ha alice Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance and ground 5MQ or more by O insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable 4 POWER SUPPLY
427. to 28 8VDC Ke a ONEL ene range applicable p 0 1A point 0 1A point Pay attention to the common Maximum load current A 1 6A common 2A common current Maximum inrush current 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop at 1 75VDC 5mA 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON Response time ON to OFF 1 7VDC 1mA 2ms or less 2ms or less Resistive load 0 2VDC Max 0 1A 1ms or less 1ms or less Rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode Common terminal 16 points common 32 points common As the common changes from two commons to one common arrangement Common terminal TB18 TB36 Common terminal A01 A02 A wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 point External connection parn 40 pin connector nad terminal block connector Opti x Tene M3 x 6 screws Option E 0 3mm Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 2 x PR O rS to emm For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Epplicabl power Ripple ratio within 5 pp supply 20mA Cc t 20mA at 24VDC O Da 24VDC TYP common mea Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points
428. to the derating chart 5 6VDC ON voltage ON current Srna 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 1 1mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 2 4VDC or less 0 39mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 4 8kQ Approx 3 6kQ A Input resistance is lower 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms me ce a ne Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less O input response time of CPU parameter setting sie ae parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 7Orng of less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less CPU parameter setting O input response time of ters Initial setting is 10ms Pee IREEN As the common changes from 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common four commons to one common Common terminal TB9 TB18 A a arrangement B27 TB36 Common terminal 17 18 36 wiring with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O External connection A 39 point i 7 od terminal block connector 37 pin D sub connector Option x M3 x 6 screws 3 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 0 3mm For A6CON1E Wiring change is required Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 105A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D Ex
429. to the power supply module 5A common Maximum inrush current 4A 100ms or less 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less Q Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at ON 2 gt 1VDC 2A 0 3VDC Max 2A O Response OFF to ON 1ms or less 3ms or less A Response time differs time ON to OFF 3ms or less Resistive load 10ms or less Resistive load A Surge suppressor Varistor 90 to 110V Zener diode O The wiri f terminal block Common terminal 8 points common Not provided 3 i K pe age arrangement Common terminal TB10 TB20 All points independent A differs singe ANG contacts of e i i P j the QY68A are independent Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED O N 5A fast blow fuse ai Fuse Installing a fuse to an external cable x 2 fuses common type MP 50 f is recommended R Fuses are not built in 1 Yes Fuse blow indicator When fuse is blows LED indicates x it signal is output to CPU External connection 20 point 18 point terminal block terminal block connector x method M3 x 6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals A terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity since Current consumption 0 075A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON O current consumption is increas
430. tor M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inch or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R1 25 3 R2 3 Sleeved solderless terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC D applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 65mA nt 20mA at 24VDC O Curre 24VDC TYP common nn Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON O 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm as A Ext dimensio Wi TEENE 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch ue SPASS 1S PANOW Weight 0 42kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 26 Specifications comparison between AY51 and QY50 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Use two QY50s when using 17 Number of output points 32 points 16 points A points or more Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC X Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 5A point 4A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 5A point 4A common
431. tors are sold Accessory Two external wiring connectors x separately Purchase them separately 12 24VDC eee Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 40VDC ere applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 ey Current TOA 20mA at 24VDC common Oo 24VDC TYP common Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON O 3 p 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Externalidimensions 9 84 p 1 48 ss 4 17 a inch 3 86 nie 1 08 ee gt r inch 4 Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg O 3 90 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 23 Specifications comparison between AY42 S3 and QY42P 3 91 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points e Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 1A point 2A common Maximum load current When placing next to the power 0 1A point 2A common O supply module 1 6A common 0 4A point Maximum inrush current pon 0 7A 10ms or less 3 5A fuse Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop at 1 a 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o ON 1 7VDC 1mA 0 2VDC Max 0 1A OFF t
432. ts O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O 12 24VDC 12 24VAC 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not Rated input voltage j 24VDC x 4 50 60Hz applicable 3 8 5mA 24VDC AC Rated t t A 4MA 2 ed input curren 4mA 12VDCIAC pprox 4m A Reduced 10 2 to 26 4VDC eee i Ripple ratio within 5 20 4 to 28 8VDC 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not a age ral BeTauhig MOlLAge Tange 10 2 to 26 4VAC Ripple ratio within 5 applicable 1 50 60Hz 5 Maximum number of Use within the range shown in 3 A A 100 Simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart 3 A PE J simultaneous input points the derating figure 7VDC AC 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not ON voltage ON current i arti 19VDC or more 3mA or more x x 2mA or more applicable i 2 5VDC AC or 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not OFF voltage OFF current ates 41VDC or less 1 7mA or less x 0 7mA or less applicable l Input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ A oe resistance has inereased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 20ms or less 12 24VDC ISSS NR SAS i 70ms or less Set the input response time of OFF toON Polis orless CPU parameter setting Q arameters to 20 ms 12 24VAC 60Hz a P hee 9 p Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 20ms or less 12 24VDC OEE ue ae 70ms or less Set the input response time of ON to OFF 20ms or less O CPU parameter setting parameters to 20 ms 12 24VAC 60Hz Initial setting is 10ms 32 points common Common terminal P 32 points common
433. ules 59 0 59 0 For modules Subtotal 68 5 63 7 Total number of dedicated instruction 159 79 80 50 The automatic conversion is applied to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change destination programmable controller Some instructions are not converted for the following causes Refer to Section 7 2 Instruction Conversion to change the program manually 1 The change target programmable controller does not have the equivalent functions and instructions 2 Instructions to specified modules cause to change the module and buffer memory configuration 3 Multiple instructions with the same name and argument exist Example CHK instruction etc 4 The conversion causes a mismatch in the instructions Example IX instruction 7 9 A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 4 Reading Reusing other format files The following explains how to read appropriate files in the GPPQ GPPA format other than that of GX Developer Follow this procedure to convert them to the file format of GX Developer 1 Operation procedure Select Project gt Import file 7 Import from GPPQ format file Import from GPPA format file 2 Setting screen Import from GPPA format file x Drive Path ENGPPUSRS Browse y System name same fese E a Machine f Pe o ooo Close PLC type AAU Test e iesalectio Common Local c Parameprog Select all Cancel all selections
434. upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A QnA series Qseies Precautions for replacement 5 can be loaded Extendability Mounting hole size External dimensions Mounting dimensions to the panel 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 250 H x 297 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 11 69 W x 1 14 D inch 277 x 200 mm 10 91 x 7 87 inch Extendable M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch 167 x 80 mm 6 57 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A58B and two Q55Bs Loaded I O modules Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A QnA series Qseies Precautions for replacement 8 can be loaded Q55B x 2 5 units x 2 can be loaded Extendability Exten dable Mounting hole size 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions When External dimensions 250 H x 411 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 16 18 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm x 2 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch x 2 using the upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q68B Mounting dimensions to the panel 391 x 200 mm 5 39 x 7 87 inch 167 x 80 mm x 2 6 57 x 3 15 inch x 2 5 BASE
435. upler Rated switching voltage current 24VDC 2A Resistance load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 24VDC 2A Resistance load point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 5A common 5A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA Maximum switching voltage 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 200 000 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 200 000 Life F times or more times or more Electrical 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COSo 0 35 200 000 times or more COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 200 000 times or more L R 7ms 200 000 times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hr 3600 times hr frequency Surge suppressor None None Dielectric withstand voltage 1500VAC for 1 minute 1500VAC for 1 minute Relay socket None None Common terminal arrangement 8 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 8 points common Common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indication ON indication LED ON indication LED External Voltage 24VDC 10 Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less 24VDC 10 Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less ower suppl
436. use Fuse A type Fuse blow capacity 50A externally Yes Yes The QY80 does not detect fuse Fuse blow indicator When fuse is blows LED indicates When fuse is blows LED indicates A blown without external power it s signal is output to CPU it s signal is output to CPU supply 20 point External connection E 18 point terminal block mee ee terminal block connector M3 x 6 screws x M3 x 6 screws 2 Wiring change is required 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x inch or less 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A B 10 2 to 30VDC UA applicable power Ripple ratio within 5 supply 60mA Current 20mA at 24VDC O ae 24VDC TYP 1 common ON mAg Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON O F 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm is A External dim o Wi 3 ce T 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MNA SPACES MANON Weight 0 42kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACING I O MODULES 36 Specifications comparison between AY81 and QY81P O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification Gompat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Insulation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating l
437. veloper Refer to Section 7 4 2 18 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Function Contents O Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Unusable Precaution for replacement Reference section The Q seri hibit h fil Data protection Prohibits peripheral devices e alae se j Leap a W from being read written by function System from reading writing to i i password registration whereas the protect Keyword programs and comments in the j 7 Section amp O O A A A series prohibits the parameters registration memory cassettes the memory 2 4 2 oo and programs from being read Password card and built in memory etc i p written to the user memory by registration of a CPU module z keyword registration The settings for the output p The settings of tat t changing fi STOP s ine eee ae vere path In case of transition from the A output status at to RUN Y between re output ae ba ears Q z Oo O O O series it is necessary to re set the O changing from operation status before STOP orators STOP to RUN and output after operation is f execution A CPU includes a clock of which data can be read and The Q series handles the four digits h written The clock data consists of the year western calendar Clock functi 4 O oa of year month date hour O A A whereas the A series handles only minute second and a day
438. vided Not provided Provided RST TRn RST BLm TRn Block switching instruction BRSET S Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided SFC program for program sh eg Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided execution management Program execution type setting Provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided T 33 4 There are LD AND OR LDI ANI and ORI instructions A PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 6 5 SFC diagram that cannot be read normally in another format SFC diagram created by SWOIVD GPPA may cause an error such as incorrect reading Add dummy steps before replacement with SWOGPPA Refer to PRECAUTIONS FOR CREATING SFC PROGRAMS in the GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SFC Example No step No ste No step L P When adding a dummy step When changing to jump transition Jump destination step The selective coupling was Example of addition changed to jump transition of dummy step a The step including a jump des
439. ween A38B E UL A38HB A38HBEU and Q38B Loaded I O modules A QnA series Qseies Precautions for replacement A38B E UL A38HB A38HBEU 8 can be loaded Extendability Extendable Mounting hole size External dimensions Mounting dimensions to the panel 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 250 H x 480 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 18 90 W x 1 14 D inch 460 x 200 mm 18 11 x 7 87 inch M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inch 308 x 80 mm 12 13 x 3 15 inch 2 Extension base unit No power supply module required a Comparisons between A52B and Q52B Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available A QnA series series Precautions for replacement Loaded I O modules 2 can be loaded Extendability Extendable Mounting hole size 6 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw External dimensions 250 H 183 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 7 20 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 106 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 4 17 W x 1 74 D inch Mounting dimensions to the panel 163 x 200 mm 6 42 x 7 87 inch b Comparisons between A55B and Q55B Loaded I O modules 83 5 x 80 mm 3 29 x 3 15 inch Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The
440. wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program AY71 QY71 Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required AY60E QY68A AY60S QY68A AY70 QY70 3 19 3 REPLACING I O MODULES AJQnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring Not required 2 Change in the number of slots Required 2 modules required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O points Not required AY72 QY71 64 points gt 32 points x 2 modules 4 Change in specifications Change in rated output voltage Not required Change in rated output current Not required 5 Change in functions Not required 1 Change in external wiring Required 2 Change in the number of slots Not required 3 Change in a program Change in the number of occupied I O point
441. x Incompatible QCPU specification and precautions Compat for replacement Refer to Timer Counter Parameter Special relay Special register e Timer and counter are processed with the END Parameters are dedicated for each CPU 256 points of M9000 to M9255 are provided 256 points of D9000 to D9255 are provided Specification e Timer and counter are processed when executing an instruction Measure e Review the programs since the processing timing differs between timer and counter Specification e Parameters are dedicated for each CPU Measure e Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Specification e 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are provided Measure e Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specification e 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are provided Measure e Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 7 4 Section 7 7 5 Section 7 3 Section 7 4 Section 7 5 Comment Comments are managed as a common comment or program original comment The comment capacity of ACPU is up to 127k 64k 63k bytes Specification Comments are managed as a common comment or program origi
442. xisting wiring 1 11 Method Use the upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and the existing mounting hole terminal block wiring Advantage No need to process additional holes and the existing wiring is usable Existing large sized A series modules Q series 1 0 I O Upgrade tool Remove the existing terminal block with wiring and mount it onto the upgrade tool base adapter Remarks occ Upgrade tool for transition from the A series to the Q series released from Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd is composed of the following products e Conversion adapter for changing the existing wiring connected to the A series I O module to wiring for the Q series I O module e Conversion adapter fixing stand for fixing the bottom of the conversion adapter e Base adapter which utilizes the mounting hole of the MELSEC A series base unit for mounting MELSEC Q series module For example using the conversion adapter allows utilizing the wiring connected to the A series I O module for the Q series module without change 32 point module terminal block for the A series can be attached to two Q series 16 point modules Note that the conversion adapter cannot be mounted depending on the size of used wire In that case take measures such as making the left side slot empty For details refer to the catalog of the upgrade tool eeeeeoeoeveeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseee
443. y 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 60 4 I O points 1024 points 2048 points 5 I O device points 1024 points gt 8192 points QO03UDCPU 6 Program capacity 14k steps 30k steps 7 File register points 4k points gt 96k points Using memory card 4086k points 8 Extension stage 7 stage gt 7 stage 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available Not available 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Product Model Q series alternative models Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points gt 4096 points 5 I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points QO6HCPU 6 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps 7 File register points 4k points gt 32k points Using memory card 1018k points 8 Extension stage 3 stage 7 stage The QA extension base unit is connectable 9 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette gt Program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card Q2MEM Sold separately 10 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 I O control Refresh Direct switch
444. y condition even within the range guaranteed by the specifications Storage ambient temperature 20 to 75 C Storage ambient humidity 10 to 90 no condensation Store in a place avoiding direct sunlight Store under a condition with no dust or corrosive gas The battery capacity of a A6BAT battery or a lithium coin battery commercially available for memory card will be decreased by its self discharging even when it is not used Replace it with new one in 5 years as a guideline For a power supply module CPU module with built in power supply or analog module that uses any aluminum electrolytic capacitor which is indicated in the table below take the following measures since the characteristics will be deteriorated when the aluminum electrolytic capacitor is left un energized for a long time Product Model CPU module A1NCPU A1NCPUP21 A1NCPUR21 A1NCPUP21 S3 A2CCPU Power supply built in type A2CCPUP21 A2CCPUR21 A2CCPUC24 A2CCPUC24 PRF A2CJCPU S3 A61P A61PEU A61P UL A62P A62PEU A63P A68P A61RP A67RP Power supply module A2CJ66P Analog module A62DA A62DA S1 Countermeasures for preventing aluminum electrolytic capacitor characteristics deterioration Apply the rated voltage to the aluminum electrolytic capacitor for several hours to activate it Or rotate products at the periodic inspection in every 1 to 2 years Reference The life of an aluminum electrolytic capacitor even if not used under a n

Series to Q Series Handbook

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents